TL3070 7319656 enGB Om

EN
Operation & Maintenance Manual
Telescopic Handler
(TL30.70DA) S/N B4B111001 & Above
(TL30.70HA) S/N B3ZK11001 & Above
(TL30.70DB) S/N B4B211001 & Above
(TL30.70HB) S/N B4B311001 & Above
7319656enGB (02-20) (D) Printed in Belgium © 2020 Bobcat Company. All rights reserved.
Original Instructions EU S3B / S4
1 of 270
2 of 270
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions
WARNING before operating the machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502
P-90216
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement,
means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety Never operate without instructions.
is involved!” Carefully read the message See machine signs (decals),
that follows. Operation & Maintenance Manual.
CORRECT CORRECT WRONG
NA5465 NA5444 NA5435
Always fasten seat belt snugly. Never use telescopic handler without Never carry riders.
Always keep your feet and arms operator cab with ROPS and FOPS
inside the cab. approval. Use only an approved work platform.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
NA5438 NA5431 NA5437

Do not use machine in atmosphere Check for overhead or Always carry bucket or
with explosive dust, explosive gas, underground power lines before attachments as low as possible.
or where exhaust can contact operating. Do not travel or turn with boom up.
flammable material. Keep boom, attachment, and load a
minimum of 3m (10 ft.) away from Load, unload, and turn on flat level
electrical power lines. ground.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
NA5429 NA5426 NA5430

Never exceed Rated Load Never exit the machine with engine Never modify equipment.
Capacity. running or with boom raised.
Read and understand the Load To park, put transmission in neutral, Use only attachments approved by
Capacity Charts. engage parking brake, and put Bobcat Company for this model
attachment flat on the ground. telescopic handler.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat® telescopic handler must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your Bobcat dealer for
information on the availability and safe use of attachments and accessories.
1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the telescopic handler with all fasteners tight. Never
operate without right window.
3. OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
4. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged.
5. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged.
6. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged.
7. BOOM STOP (if equipped): Replace if damaged.
8. PARKING BRAKE: Check for function.
9. WINDOWS AND MIRRORS: Clean and check for broken glass or mirrors. Replace if damaged.
OSW71-EN-0117
3 of 270
4 of 270
CONTENTS
FOREWORD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
LOAD CHARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
REFERENCE INFORMATION
Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat telescopic handler in the spaces below. Always use these numbers
when referring to your Bobcat telescopic handler.
Telescopic Handler Serial Number

Engine Serial Number
NOTES:
YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
Bobcat Company Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.

P.O. Box 128 U Kodetky 1810
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 26312 Dobris
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Czech Republic
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
5 of 270
3 Operation & Maintenance Manual
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
6 of 270
FOREWORD
This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation and
maintenance of the Bobcat telescopic handler. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER. If you have any questions, see your
Bobcat dealer. This manual can illustrate options and accessories not installed on your telescopic handler.
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Model TL30.70DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Model TL30.70HA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Model TL30.70DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Model TL30.70HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Telescopic Handler Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Other Serial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Available Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Available Rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Front And Roof Window Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Front And Roof Window Guard Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
7 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
8 of 270
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Model TL30.70DA
Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

This information is provided in the operators manual to comply with
clause 1.7.4.2(c) of Annex I of Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
The official EC Declaration of Conformity is supplied in a separate document.
Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Environment by Equipment For Use Outdoors
Notified Body
Bobcat France Laboratoire National d’Essais (LNE)
Route de Nantes France
Notified Body Number: 0071
B.P. 71
44160 Pontchateau EC Certificate No.
FRANCE 2000-14/P158733/1
Technical Documentation
Homologation Manager
Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Conformity Assessment Procedure(s)
U Kodetky 1810 2000/14/EC, Annex VI
263 12 DobĜíš
Czech Republic Sound Power Levels [Lw(A)]
Measured Sound Power 102 dBA
Guaranteed Sound Power 104 dBA
Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Type of Equipment: Telescopic Handler 2006/42/EC: Machinery Directive
Model Name: TL30.70DA 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B4B1
Engine Manufacturer: Doosan Infracore

Engine Model: D34NAP
Engine Power: 55.3 kW @ 2400 RPM
Declaration of Conformance
This equipment conforms to the requirements specified in all the EC Directives listed in this declaration.
Effective From:
1 January 2018
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
9 of 270
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (CONT’D)
Model TL30.70HA


Notified Body
B.P. 71
FRANCE 2000-14/P158733/1
263 12 DobĜíš

Model Name: TL30.70HA 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B3ZK

Engine Model: D34NAP
Effective From:
1 January 2018
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
10 of 270
Model TL30.70DB


Notified Body
B.P. 71
FRANCE 2000-14/P158733/2
263 12 DobĜíš

Model Name: TL30.70DB 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B4B2

Engine Model: D34P
Effective From:
1 January 2018
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
11 of 270
Model TL30.70HB


Notified Body
B.P. 71
FRANCE 2000-14/P158733/2
263 12 DobĜíš

Model Name: TL30.70HB 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B4B3

Engine Model: D34P
Effective From:
1 January 2018
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
12 of 270
All Models
Declaration of conformity with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European

Parliament and of the Council
We Bobcat France S.A.S. with VAT number FR63332690908 declare under our sole responsibility that
when placing on the market pre-charged equipment, which we manufacture in the Union, the
hydrofluorocarbons contained in that equipment are accounted for within the quota system referred to in
Chapter IV of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 as:
A. we hold authorisation(s) issued in accordance with Article 18(2) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014
and registered in the registry referred to in Article 17 of that Regulation, at the time of release for free
circulation to use the quota of a producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of
Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 that cover(s) the quantity of hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment.
B. [for importers of equipment only] the hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment have been
placed on the market in the Union, subsequently exported and charged into the equipment outside the Union,
and the undertaking that placed the hydrofluorocarbons on the market made a declaration stating that the
quantity of hydrofluorocarbons has been or will be reported as placed on the market in the Union and that
it has not been and will not be reported as direct supply for export in the meaning of Article 15(2)(c) of
Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 and Section 5C of
the Annex to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 1191/2014 (2).
C. [for equipment manufactured in the Union only] the hydrofluorocarbons charged into the equipment
were placed on the market by a producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of
Regulation (EU) No 517/2014.
Patrice Caulier
P. Caulier
30th January, 2017
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
13 of 270
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED
ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture, and distribute Bobcat products.
British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat’s manufacturing facilities in Gwinner, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchâteau (France), and
the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck, and West Fargo) in North Dakota. TÜV Rheinland is the Certified
Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat manufacturing
facility in Dobris (Czech Republic). Only certified assessors, like BSI and TÜV Rheinland, can grant registrations.
ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
14 of 270
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Parts
ENGINE OIL FILTER 7012303 BATTERY

7288629
FUEL FILTER 7023589 HYDRAULIC FILTER

7225338
AIR FILTER, Outer HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER

7286652 CAP
6727475
AIR FILTER, Inner OPERATOR CAB AIR FILTER

7010031 7228497
DEF / ADBLUE® FILTER, FUEL PRE-FILTER

Service kit 6633977
7311062
NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
15 of 270
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT’D)
Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids
The fluids, lubricants and fuel described below are those used in the factory and apply to operating conditions in
European temperate climate areas. Please see your Bobcat dealer for requirements in other climate areas.
Read and understand the preventive maintenance required before adding or replacing any fluids or lubricants. (See
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE on Page 161.)
ENGINE SYSTEMS
Machine Part
Fluids And Lubricants T° Range Packaging**
Components Number
- Bobcat Engine Power SAE 10W30 CJ4 / ACEA E9 -15°C / +30°C A, B, C, D 6987818*
Engine
- Bobcat Engine Power SAE 15W40 CJ4 / ACEA E9 -10°C / +40°C A, B, C, D 6987819
- Bobcat EG Coolant Concentrated -36°C A, B, C, D 6987803
Cooling Circuit
- Bobcat EG Coolant Premixed -36°C A, B, C, D 6987804*
® ®
DEF / AdBlue - DEF / AdBlue : Air1 that meets ISO 22241-1 or
AUS32 that meets DIN70070 (See DIESEL EXHAUST - - *
FLUID (DEF) / ADBLUE® SYSTEM on Page 179.)
Fuel Tank - High-quality diesel fuel that meets EN590 (See FUEL
- - *
SYSTEM on Page 180.)
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEMS
Machine Part
Components Number
Hydraulic Fluid - Bobcat Superior SH Hydraulic / Hydrostatic -35°C / +50°C A, B, C, D 6987791*
Tank
TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
Machine Part
Components Number
Axle Central
Bobcat Axle / Transmission Oil SAE 85W90 LS / API
Housing / -20°C / +40°C A, B, C, D 6987805
GL-5
Differential
Axle End
Reduction Bobcat Axle / Transmission Oil ISO 100 / API GL-4 -20°C / +40°C A, B, C 6987794*
Transfer Box
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Machine Dropping Part

Fluids And Lubricants Packaging**
Components Point Number
- Bobcat Multi-Purpose Grease From 260°C E 6987888*
All Mechanical
- Bobcat Supreme HD Grease From 280°C E 6987889
Systems
- Bobcat Extreme HP Grease From 260°C E 6987890
(*) Factory-Filled Fluids And Lubricants
(**) Packaging Available:
A = 5 L Can
B = 25 L Container
C = 209 L Drum
D = 1000 L Tank
E = 400 g Tube
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
16 of 270
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION Engine Serial Number
Always use the serial number of the telescopic handler Figure 2

when requesting service information or when ordering
parts.
If any serial number plate is damaged, contact your

Bobcat dealer. 1
Telescopic Handler Serial Number
Figure 1
1
P126245
2
P119099
P126642
The engine serial number can be found on the engine

cylinder block (Item 1) and on the engine rating plate
(Item 2) [Figure 2] near the flywheel in front of you when
opening the engine cover. Always use the full number
(type + number) when ordering replacement parts.
Other Serial Numbers

7301326
Other components can also have serial numbers and an

identification plate. Always use these serial numbers
The telescopic handler serial number plate (Item 1) is
when ordering parts.
located on the right side of the chassis in front [Figure 1].
Explanation of telescopic handler serial number:

XXXX XXXXX
Module 2. - Production
Sequence (Series)
Module 1. - Model / Engine

Combination
1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module

number identifies the model number and engine
combination.
2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies

the order in which the telescopic handler is produced.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
17 of 270
DELIVERY REPORT
Figure 3
B-16315
The delivery report [Figure 3] contains a list of items that

must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat telescopic handler is
delivered.
The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the

owner or operator and the dealer.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
18 of 270
BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER IDENTIFICATION
18
3 13
2
14
19 2 4
5 12 1 11
17
6
7
15
9 10 16
8
NA13748
NA15077
ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

1 Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator’s 11 Boom Stop
Handbook
2 Mirrors 12 Operator Cab (ROPS and FOPS) [B]
3 Work Lights 13 Rotating Beacon
4 Load Capacity Charts 14 Rear Work Light
5 Front Lights 15 Tail Lights and Direction Signals
6 Telescoping Boom 16 Tyres [C]
7 Boom Head 17 Engine Cover
8 Attachment Carrier [A] 18 Rear / Front Interior Mirror
9 Boom 19 Sight Level Gauge
10 Seat Belt
[A] Attachments - Several different attachments are available for the Bobcat telescopic handler.
[B] ROPS, FOPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure, per ISO 3471, and Falling-Object Protective Structure
per ISO 3449, Level II.
[C] TYRES - Standard tyres are shown. Several different tyre styles and sizes are available for the Bobcat telescopic
handler.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
19 of 270
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
Standard Items Options And Accessories
Model TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) Bobcat Below is a list of some equipment available from your
telescopic handler is equipped with the following Bobcat dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed
standard items: Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your
Bobcat dealer for other available options, accessories
• 12 V power outlet and attachments.
• 4 equal-size drive wheels with tyres
• Auxiliary hydraulic line on boom • Air suspension seat
• Adjustable steering column • Back-up alarm lynx
• Back-up alarm • Basic tow hitch
• Boom stop • Blue work lights
• Cab heater • Boom float
• Counterweight • Boom suspension
• Cushion lift (up and down) • Cab premium
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) • Cyclonic cleaner on air intake
• Double mirrors on right side • Cab with HVAC
• ECO mode • Deluxe steering wheel
• Front and rear washer / wipers • Dual FNR
• Front hitch • Dust protection
• Gear pump • Electric line on boom
• Glass door • Extinguisher
• Hydrostatic transmission, 35 km/h (21.7 mph) (only • Fan inverter
for TL30.70(D)(H)B) • Front and roof window guard
• Hydrostatic transmission, 29,5 km/h (18.3 mph) (only • Hydraulic locking of attachments, J-Tach
for TL30.70(D)(H)A) • Hydraulic locking of attachments, Mani-Tach
• Interior mirror • Hydraulic locking of attachments, Quick-Tach
• Left and right side mirrors • Hydraulic trailer brake valve (only for
• Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC) system TL30.70(D)(H)B)
with override feature • J-Tach attachment carrier
• Manual locking of attachments • Keyless start
• Mudguards • Keypad panel
• Quick-Tach attachment carrier • Lockable fuel cap
• Rear document storage net • Mani-Tach attachment carrier
• Retract cushion • Mer-Tach attachment carrier
• Road lights • Radio ready (with speakers and antenna)
• Roof window wiper • Rear flat mirror
• Rotating beacon • Rear hitch electrical plug (7-Pin)
• Selective Catalytic Reduction system (SCR) (only for • Rear hydraulic lines
TL30.70(D)(H)B) • Road lights LED
• Semi-automatic realignment of the wheels • Roll sun visor
• Sight Level Gauge • Rotating beacon LED
• Smart Handling System (SHS) • Solid rear document compartment
• Speed management • Special colour cab
• Standard steering wheel • Special colour frame, boom and rims
• Suspension seat • Support for registration plate
• Turbo-charged engine, 55,2 kW (74 hp) (only for • Tow devices for trailers
TL30.70(D)(H)A) • Tractor homologation
• Turbo-charged engine, 74,4 kW (100 hp) (only for • Travel direction lever
TL30.70(D)(H)B) • Wheel wedge
• Turn signals • Work lights on boom
• Work lights on roof (2 front + 1 rear) • Work lights on boom LED
• Work lights on frame • Work lights on frame LED
• Wrench for transmission disengagement • Work lights on roof LED (2 front + 1 rear)
Specifications subject to change without notice
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
20 of 270
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Available Tyres Front And Roof Window Guard
Standard tyres: Figure 4
• CAMSO 405/70-20 16 PR TM R4 11
Optional tyres:
• CAMSO 405/70-20 14 PR TM R4
1
• DUNLOP 405/70R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9 1
• MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL 1

BIBLOAD
• MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL

P126608
S41678
• ALLIANCE 400/70R20 149A8 A 580 P126609
S41679
• MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL

Available for special applications to restrict material from
• CAMSO 400/80-24 20 PR TM R4 entering cab openings [Figure 4].
• DUNLOP 405/70R24 168A2 152J MPT SPT9 The front and roof window guard is mounted to the cab at
six mounting points (Item 1) [Figure 4].
• MICHELIN 400/70 R24 152A8/152B IND TL XMCL
Do not use an unapproved front and roof window guard.
• ALLIANCE 405/70 R24 152A8 A 580 A front and roof window guard not manufactured by
Bobcat cannot be approved.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information on optional
tyres and the corresponding steering angle adjustment. See your Bobcat dealer for availability.
Available Rims Front And Roof Window Guard Inspection And

Maintenance
Standard rims:
The front and roof window guard must be regularly
• RIM 13*20” -3 inspected and maintained. Inspect the screen and the
four mounting points (Item 1) [Figure 4] for damage.
Optional rims: Replace parts as necessary.
• RIM 13*24” -3
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
21 of 270
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Figure 6
(CONT’D)
Attachments
These attachments are approved for use on the Bobcat

telescopic handler.
Do not use unapproved attachments. Attachments not

manufactured by Bobcat cannot be approved.
The versatile Bobcat telescopic handler quickly turns into

a multi-job machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up
from bucket to grapple to pallet fork and a variety of other
attachments.
NA18205
See your Bobcat dealer for more details on these and
other attachments and field accessories.
• 900 L (32 ft³) bucket, Mer-Tach
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat telescopic handler
with a variety of bucket styles and sizes. Pallet Forks
Buckets Figure 7
Figure 5
NA15560
P133148
• Rigid pallet forks FEM III - with guard
• 780 L (28 ft³) digging bucket - teeth optional • Rigid pallet forks FEM III - without guard
• 1500 L (53 ft³), 2,1 m (83 in) wide light material bucket • Floating pallet forks 1,0 m (39 in)
- bolt-on edge optional
• Floating pallet forks 1,5 m (59 in)
• 2000 L (71 ft³), 2,3 m (90.5 in) wide light material
bucket - bolt-on edge optional
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
22 of 270
Attachments (Cont’d)
Pallet Forks (Cont’d) Bale Spikes
Figure 8 Figure 10
NA18204 S38976
• Floating pallet forks - Mer-Tach • Round bale spike
Figure 9 Bale Handlers With Tubes
Figure 11
NA13145
NA9979
• Side shift carriage 200 mm (7.9 in) - Type III
• Bale handler with tubes 1,3 m (51 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
23 of 270
Attachments (Cont’d)
Bale Handlers With Tines Fork Grapple
Figure 12 Figure 14
S38392 S38395
• Bale handler with tines 1 m (39 in) • Manure fork grapple 2,1 m (83 in)
• Bale handler with tines 1,4 m (55 in) Jibs
Grapple Buckets Figure 15
Figure 13
EM9746
P133147 • Jib 0,7 m / 4300 kg (28 in / 9480 lb)
• Bucket Grapple, welded, 2200 mm (86.6 in)
• Bucket Grapple, forged, 2200 mm (86.6 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
24 of 270
SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Telescopic Handler Approved Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dismantling And Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Pictorial-Only Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
25 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
26 of 270
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS • Load Capacity Charts for each attachment are
provided in the operator area. These charts indicate
Before Operation the Rated Load Capacity for each attachment at
specified boom heights and extensions. Replacement
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance or additional charts for new attachments are available
instructions in this manual. from your Bobcat dealer.
Safety decals must be in good condition. If replacing a • An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator
part with a safety decal or if a safety decal is damaged or cab of the telescopic handler. Its brief instructions are
worn it must be replaced on the machine. convenient to the operator. See your Bobcat dealer
for more information on translated versions.
The Bobcat Telescopic Handler is highly manoeuvrable
and compact. It is rugged and useful under a wide variety The dealer and owner / operator review the
of conditions. This presents an operator with hazards recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
associated with off motorway, rough terrain applications, owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
common with telescopic handler usage. application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
recommendations on the new use.
The telescopic handler has an internal combustion
engine with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust Telescopic Handler Approved Applications
gases can kill or cause illness so use the telescopic
handler with adequate ventilation. The telescopic handler is designed for the following
specific approved applications.
The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of
the telescopic handler and attachment for each • Handling and stacking loads.
application. The dealer demonstrates the safe operation
according to Bobcat instructional materials, which are • Towing a trailer.
also available to operators. The dealer can also identify • Work with a bucket and other approved attachments.
unsafe modifications or use of unapproved attachments.
Any modifications that affects the operator visibility or the
Do not use the telescopic handler for applications not
machines specifications has to be approved by Bobcat
described in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
Company. The attachments and buckets are designed for
delivered with the machine or attachment.
a Rated Load Capacity. They are designed for secure
fastening to the telescopic handler. The user must check
with the dealer, or Bobcat literature, to determine safe Any application that can cause falling objects or
loads of materials of specified densities for the machine - penetration in the operator’s enclosure is prohibited.
attachment combination.
The following publications and training materials provide

information on the safe use and maintenance of the
Bobcat machine and attachments:
• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete

instructions have been given to the new owner and
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating
condition.
• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with

the machine or attachment gives operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.
• Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation

and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
signs and their locations are shown in the Operation
& Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are
available from your Bobcat dealer.
SI TH EMEA-1015
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
27 of 270
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator
For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or co-
ordination while working. An operator who is taking
Safety Alert Symbol prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely operate a machine.
This symbol with a warning statement means: A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
“Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!”
Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Carefully read the message that follows.
Regulations
• The written instructions from Bobcat Company
include the Delivery Report, Operation &
Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING machine signs (decals).
• Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
rules may include an employer’s work safety
Operator must have instructions before operating the
requirements. For driving on public roads, the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
machine must be equipped as stipulated by the local
death. regulations authorising operation on public roads in
W-2001-0502
your specific country. Regulations may identify a
hazard such as a utility line.
• For operating the machine, some countries require an
operator license. Check the regulations at your
IMPORTANT location.
This notice identifies procedures which must be Have Training with Actual Operation
followed to avoid damage to the machine. • Operator training must consist of a demonstration and
I-2019-0284 verbal instruction. This training is given by your
Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
• The new operator must start in an area without
bystanders or structures and use all the controls until
he or she can operate the machine and attachment
DANGER safely under all conditions of the work area. Always
fasten seat belt before operating.
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the Know the Work Conditions
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not • Know the weight of the materials being handled.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Avoid exceeding the Rated Load Capacity of the
D-1002-1107 machine (as indicated on the Load Capacity Charts).
Material which is very dense will be heavier than the
same volume of less dense material. Reduce the size
of load if handling dense material.
WARNING • The operator must know any prohibited uses or work

areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes and prohibited weather conditions
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the like lightning weathers.
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation • Know the location of any underground lines.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
• Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
injury.
W-2044-1107
when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Front
Window Guard are required for some work. See your
The telescopic handler and attachment must be in good Bobcat dealer about Bobcat Safety Equipment.
operating condition before use.
• Know the maximum weight capacity of the roads and
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule working areas. Never exceed the maximum weight
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the capacity allowed, especially when travelling on a
Operation & Maintenance Manual. suspended bridge or using an elevator.
SI TH EMEA-1015
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
28 of 270
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) FIRE PREVENTION
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator (Cont’d)
Where overhead power lines are present in the operating

area, ensure sufficient clearance between the nearest of
these lines and any part of the machine.
VOLTAGE MINIMUM DISTANCE Maintenance
up to 50 kV 3 m (10 ft) The machine and some attachments have components

that are at high temperatures under normal operating
beyond 50 kV 5 m (16.5 ft)
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
The operator must survey his / her field of vision when damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
operating the telescopic handler. Adjust mirrors to obtain arcs or sparks.
the best visibility. Clean mirrors every day and more often
when necessary. Immediately replace any broken or Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed
damaged mirrors. If a suspended load or the resulting regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
boom geometry blocks the vision of the operator can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
alternative carrying means must be considered. accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.
The operator must know the wind speed. Do not use the
telescopic handler with wind speeds over 12,5 m/s (28 The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine
mph). cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.
Avoid Silica Dust
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause a fire.
Operation
Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or

hot components can contact flammable material,
explosive dust or gases.
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. Electrical
Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control
dust.
Dismantling And Disposal
On the completion of its useful life, the machine and its

parts shall be disposed of in an environmental friendly
manner. Please contact your local dealer. Parts of the Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.
machine can be remanufactured like the engine Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
depending on its age and condition, or recycled like replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
metals, plastics, rubbers and glasses. Respect the frayed.
environment and dispose of waste properly. Worn or
damaged parts shall not be left in the environment. Oils, Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use
brake fluid, cooling refrigerants, batteries and cells shall the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
be disposed of in a proper manner through your local for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
dealer or recycling centre. jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.
SI TH EMEA-1015
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
29 of 270
FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding
Hydraulic System Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect

the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly near the machine when welding.
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use petrol or diesel fuel Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
for cleaning parts. Use commercial non-flammable
solvents. Dust generated from repairing non-metallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Fuelling Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.
Fire Extinguishers
Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No

smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.
Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static

ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with
higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from
fire or explosion. Consult with your fuel or fuel system Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
with fuelling standards for proper grounding and bonding extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
practices. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.
Starting
Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has

glow plugs. These starting aids can cause explosion and
injure you or bystanders.
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance

Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.
Sl TH EMEA-1015
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
30 of 270
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES
The following publications are also available for your

Bobcat telescopic handler. You can order them from your
Bobcat dealer.
Bobcat Engine / 3,4 L
For the latest information on Bobcat products and the Bobcat Engine Stage 4
Bobcat Company, visit our website at Bobcat.eu. OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
950106-01498
TL30.70D(A)(B),
TL30.70H(A)(B)
OPERATION &
Complete maintenance instructions for the engine of your
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Bobcat telescopic handler.
7319656enGB
Complete instructions on the correct operation and the

routine maintenance of the Bobcat telescopic handler.
TL30.70D(A)(B),
TL30.70H(A)(B)
SERVICE MANUAL
7319660enUS
Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat

telescopic handler.
TL30.70D(A)(B),
TL30.70H(A)(B)
OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK
7282527enGB
Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
31 of 270
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS)
Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the telescopic handler. Replace any damaged
machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
7199716 [1] 7201294 [1] 7269447 7241133

Load Capacity
Charts
[1] 7339764 7245982 7362846 7245984 7345619

Inside Cab
1 9 5
[1] 7185935 [1] 7241263
7251955 (2)
10
7199636
[1] 7402055
7301095
3 9
6815993 (2)
7350278
7203744 7185935
7197650
NA13748
[1] Optional or Field Accessory. (Not Standard Equipment)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
32 of 270
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)
Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the telescopic handler. Replace any damaged
machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
7120573
4
7169014
5
7300375
9
[1] 7241263
7169699 7321116
In Engine Compartment
6809609 (2)
7197517 (2)
2
6595014 (2)
7
7245987
[1] 7311341 [1] 7252619
[1] 7331650 [1] 7311340 NA15077
[1] Optional or Field Accessory. (Not Standard Equipment)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
33 of 270
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 1. Falling And Crush Hazards (7198123)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs The safety sign is located on each side of the boom head.
Safety signs are used to alert the equipment operator or

maintenance person to hazards that can be encountered
in the use and maintenance of the equipment. The
location and description of the safety signs are detailed in
this section. Please become familiarised with all safety
signs installed on the telescopic handler.
Vertical Configuration
HAZARD
PANEL
WARNING
LOWERING OF ATTACHMENT, FALLING LOADS OR
FALLING OFF ATTACHMENT CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
AVOIDANCE INJURY OR DEATH
PANEL • Do not use as a manlift or work platform.
• No riders.
• Keep away from raised boom and attachment.
• Keep bystanders away.
W-2905-0211
Horizontal Configuration
2. Unexpected Machine Movement (7197517)
The safety sign is located on each side of the rear of the

frame.
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PANEL PANEL
The format consists of the hazard panel(s) and the

avoidance panel(s):
Hazard panels depict a potential hazard enclosed in a

safety alert triangle.
WARNING
Avoidance panels depict actions required to avoid the
hazards. UNEXPECTED MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
A safety sign can contain more than one hazard panel SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
and more than one avoidance panel. • Start engine only from operator seat with
transmission lever in neutral and parking brake
NOTE: See the overview on pages 30 and 31 for the engaged.
machine location of each correspondingly • Do not attempt to start the engine by shorting
numbered pictorial-only text decal. across the starter terminals.
W-2904-0211
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
34 of 270
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 4. Service Checklist And Schedule (7300375)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) The safety sign is located inside the engine compartment.
3. Crush Hazard (7197650)
The safety sign is located on the front of the frame.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Keep door / cover closed except for service.
• Keep engine clean of flammable material.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
DANGER electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and
exhaust.
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive
dusts or gases or with flammable material near
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only
starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer.
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and
P-100830 cause serious injury.
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles.
AVOID DEATH
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
medical attention.
can cause boom to drop.
• Battery makes flammable and explosive gas.
• Keep out of this area when boom is raised unless
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
supported by an approved boom stop. Replace if
away.
damaged.
D-1030-1210
• For jump start, connect negative cable to the
machine engine last (never at the battery). After
jump start, remove negative connection at the
engine first.
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
35 of 270
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 6. Hook Maximum Capacity (7311340 or 7331650)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) The safety sign is located above or on the hitch. The
safety sign is not available for Basic Tow Hitch.
5. Accumulated Hydraulic Pressure (7241263)
For Hydraulic Pick-up Tow Hitch:
The safety sign is located at the rear of the frame and
under the front frame cover.
For All Other Hitches:
WARNING
PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Always release hydraulic pressure from accumulator
before service.
W-2984-1113
WARNING
Read, understand and follow all the instructions and
safety precautions in this manual and on safety
signs (decals).
Failure to follow the safety precautions could result
in serious injury or death.
W-2815-0510
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
36 of 270
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 8. Hydraulic Pick-up Tow Hitch (7252619)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) The safety sign is located on the hitch.
7. Trailer Hook Maximum Capacity (7311341)
The safety sign is located above or on the hitch.
WARNING
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Read, understand and follow all the instructions and
safety precautions in this manual and on safety
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH signs (decals).
Read, understand and follow all the instructions and Failure to follow the safety precautions could result
safety precautions in this manual and on safety in serious injury or death.
signs (decals). W-2815-0510
W-2815-0510
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
37 of 270
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 10. Mer-Tach Attachment Setup (7402055)
Pictorial-Only Safety Signs (Cont’d) The safety sign is located on the right side of the boom
head.
9. Hot Pressurised Fluid (7169699 and 7185935)
The safety sign is located on the engine coolant tank cap.
WARNING WARNING
HOT PRESSURISED FLUID CAN CAUSE AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
SERIOUS BURNS Read, understand and follow all the instructions and
• Never open hot. safety precautions in this manual and on safety
• OPEN SLOWLY. signs (decals).
W-2755-EN-0909
The safety sign is located on the boom head and on the W-2815-0510
hydraulic fluid reservoir.
WARNING
AVOID BURNS
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and implements.
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers.
W-2895-1110
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
38 of 270
LOAD CHARTS
CHARTS FOR TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
39 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
40 of 270
CHARTS FOR TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) MACHINE
Chart for the machine TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) Chart for the machine TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
on 20” tyres: on 24” tyres:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4 • CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4

• with inflation pressure of 360 kPa (3,60 bar) (52 psi). • with inflation pressure of 280 kPa (2,80 bar) (40 psi).
• with floating pallet forks. • with floating pallet forks.
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4 • MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL
• DUNLOP 405/70 R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9 • DUNLOP 405/70R24 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD • MICHELIN 400/70R24 152A8/152B IND TL XMCL
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL • ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A580
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A580
• with inflation pressure of 380 kPa (3,80 bar) (55 psi).
• with floating pallet forks.
7312834_0
Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of

ISO 22915.
7312833_0
Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of

ISO 22915.
WARNING
TIPPING OR ROLLOVER CAN CAUSE
Always use and follow the Load Capacity Chart that
is specified for each attachment and telescopic
handler combination. Each attachment and machine
combination will have its own chart.
Exceeding the rated load capacity can cause the
machine to tip or rollover.
W-2928-EN-1112
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
41 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
42 of 270
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Operator Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Travel Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Multi-function Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Steering Wheel Tilt Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Right Instrument And Indicator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Centre Indicator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Display Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Temperature Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Sight Level Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Auxiliary Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Accelerator Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Brake Pedal And Inching Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Cab Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Cab Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Rear Cab Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
STEERING MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Aligning Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Steering Mode Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Semi-Automatic Aligning Mode Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Manual Aligning Mode Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
DeSOX Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
SCR System Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Unsatisfactory Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
SCR System Component Tampering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
EGR Impeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Dosing Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
43 of 270
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4-Wheel Steering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (4-Wheel Steering Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2-Wheel Steering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (2-Wheel Steering Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Crab Steering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (Crab Steering Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
BOOM SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
AUTOMATIC BOOM SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Changing The Factory Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Hydraulic Control Lever (Joystick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (Reverse Continuous Flow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Changing The Maximum Auxiliary Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Auxiliary Hydraulic Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
ATTACHMENT CONTROL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
AUTO REVERSE COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
DUAL FNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Cleaning The Operator Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Entering The Telescopic Handler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Seat Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Mirrors Adjustment And Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Standard Key Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Keypad Panel (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
44 of 270
ECO MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Warning And Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Serial Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Attachment EC Declaration Of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Grapple Bucket And Fork Grapple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Bale Handler With Tine / Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Side Shift Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Round Bale Spike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual Lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Lock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Mer-Tach Attachment Carrier) . . . . . . . . . . 129
Installing And Removing The Pallet Forks (Mer-Tach Attachment Carrier) . . . . . . . . . 132
OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Override Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Operating With A Full Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Operating With An Empty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Filling And Emptying The Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Digging And Filling A Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Raising A Load And Extending The Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Load Capacity Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Levelling The Ground Using Float (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Handling Loads With Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
LIFTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
TRANSPORTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
45 of 270
TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Applications And Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Inspection Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Rear Hitch Description And Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Rear Adjustable Hitch Description And Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Rear Hydraulic Hook Description And Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Connecting The Electrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
46 of 270
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION
Operator Components
Figure 16 Figure 17
11 4 6
2
3
7
9 8
1
2
5
1 10
P135524 P126140
Steering Wheel (Item 1) [Figure 16]. (See Steering Brake Pedal / Inching Control (Item 1) [Figure 17]. (See
Wheel on Page 46.) Brake Pedal And Inching Control on Page 56.)
Multi-function Lever (Item 2) [Figure 16]. (See Multi- Accelerator Pedal (Item 2) [Figure 17] (See Accelerator
function Lever on Page 47.) Pedal on Page 56.)
Hydraulic Control Lever (Joystick) (Item 3) [Figure 16].

(See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS on Page 84.)
Centre Indicator Panel (Item 4) [Figure 16]. (See Centre WARNING

Indicator Panel on Page 49.)
Operate only from operator’s seat with seat belt
Right Instrument and Indicator Panel (Item 5) securely fastened. Never carry riders or use
[Figure 16]. (See Right Instrument And Indicator Panel attachments, other than an approved man platform,
on Page 48.) as a man lift or work platform. Keep bystanders away
from the work area.
Display Panel (Item 6) [Figure 16]. (See Display Panel W-2979-0813
on Page 52.)
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (Item 7) [Figure 16].

(See Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) on
Page 50.)
Selection Mode Switch (Item 8) [Figure 16]. (See

Override Switch on Page 135.)
Steering Wheel Tilt Adjustment (if equipped) (Item 9)

[Figure 16]. (See Steering Wheel Tilt Position on Page
47.)
Travel Direction Switch (Item 10) [Figure 16]. (See Travel

Direction on Page 46.)
FNR Lever (Item 11) [Figure 16]. (See Travel Direction

on Page 46.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
47 of 270
OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
Travel Direction Steering Wheel
Travel Direction Switch (If Equipped) Figure 20
Figure 18
L R
1
2
1
P135524
P135522
Turn the steering wheel (Item 1) [Figure 20] clockwise
(R) to turn right; anticlockwise (L) to turn left. (See
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) for forward travel; the DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC
bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 18] for reverse HANDLER on Page 73.)
travel.
(See DUAL FNR on Page 89.) for more information.
The back-up alarm will sound when the switch is in the

reverse position.
Travel Direction Lever (If Equipped)
Figure 19
P133033
Move the lever forward (Item 1) for forward travel;

backward (Item 2) [Figure 19] for reverse travel.
(See DUAL FNR on Page 89.) for more information.
The back-up alarm will sound when the lever is in the

reverse position.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
48 of 270
Multi-function Lever Headlights And Rear Lights
Figure 21 The lever also includes the lights switch (Item 6)

[Figure 21] which has three positions. Rotate the lever to
3 1 select front lights:
6
• OFF
• Parking lights and rear lights
5 • Headlights and rear lights
When the headlights are ON: Push the lever away from
4 the steering wheel and release it to change from high to
2
low or low to high beam headlights.
Steering Wheel Tilt Position
Figure 22
P121938
This lever (Item 1) [Figure 21] has four functions:
• Direction signal 1
• Horn
• Travel speed
• Parking lights and head lights.
Direction Signal
Move the lever backward (Item 2) for left direction signal;

forward (Item 3) [Figure 21] for right direction signal.
P133034
NOTE: Be sure to turn the direction signals off after
you have completed the turn.
Turn the lever (if equipped) (Item 1) [Figure 22]
Horn
anticlockwise to loosen the steering wheel tilt
mechanism.
Push the lever in (Item 4) [Figure 21] to sound the horn.
When the steering wheel is in the desired position, turn
Two-Speed Control
the lever (Item 1) [Figure 22] clockwise. Tighten firmly to
lock position.
Press the button (Item 5) [Figure 21] at the end of the
lever to toggle between high and low speed. This can be
NOTE: Always keep the steering wheel tilt
done without stopping first.
mechanism in the lock position when
operating the machine.
When low speed is activated, the low speed light is ON.
(See Display Panel on Page 52.)
NOTE: The speed status (low or high) is kept in

memory at the end of each run. The same
previous status will be active at the next run.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
49 of 270
Right Instrument And Indicator Panel
Figure 23 6. Front Wiper (Green Light) - Press the bottom of the

switch to turn the front wiper ON; press the top to turn
1 2 3 7 8 9 13 OFF.
22
7. Steering Mode Indicator (Orange Light) - Indicates
the active steering mode.
14 15 16 17 8. Steering Mode Switch - To change steering modes

(4-Wheel, 2-Wheel, Crab). (See STEERING MODE
4 5 6 10 11 12 SELECTION on Page 60.)
9. Brake Pressure Indicator (Red / Orange Light) (If

24 Equipped) - Red light comes ON when brake
23 pressure is too low. Orange light comes ON when
20 21 there is a braking system malfunction.
18 19
P135532
10. Travel Direction Signal Indicator (Green Light) -
The light flashes when the trailer direction indications
Figure 24 are activated.
11. NOT USED
25 12. Speed Management (Yellow Light) - (See SPEED

MANAGEMENT on Page 81.)
13. Parking Brake - Press the bottom of the switch to

26 engage or disengage the Parking Brake. (See
PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.)
14. Auto Reverse Cooling Fan Switch (White Light) (If

Equipped) - Press bottom of the switch once to clean
27 28 debris from radiator. Fan resumes normal operation
after 80 seconds.
P135525
15. ECO Mode - Press the bottom of the switch to limit the
Right Instrument And Indicator Panel [Figure 23] and engine RPM when full RPM is not needed in order to
[Figure 24] save fuel; press again to turn OFF. (See ECO MODE
on Page 100.)
1. Rotating Beacon (Green Light) - Press the bottom
of the switch to turn the rotating beacon ON; press the 16. DeSox Switch - Press the top of the switch to force
top to turn OFF. DeSox. Press the bottom of the switch to inhibit
DeSox. (See SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION
2. Rear Fog Lights (Orange Light) - Press bottom of (SCR) SYSTEM on Page 65.)
the switch to turn rear fog lights ON; press top to turn
OFF. 17. NOT USED
3. Hazard Lights (Red Light) - Press the bottom of the 18. Hydraulic Quick-Tach Switch (If Equipped) - Press
switch to turn the Hazard Lights ON; press the top to and hold the top of the switch to unlock the Quick-
turn OFF. Switch light flashes when Hazard Lights are Tach. When released, the Quick-Tach pins will
ON. automatically lock at a slow speed. Press and hold the
bottom of the switch to speed up locking of the Quick-
Tach.
4. Roof Wiper / Rear Wiper (Green Light) - Press the
top of the switch to turn the roof wiper ON. Press the 19. Smart Handling System (SHS) - Press the bottom of
bottom of the switch to turn the rear wiper ON. Move the switch to reduce the boom movements; press the
switch to the center position to turn both wipers OFF. top to turn OFF. (See Operation on Page 88.)
5. Washer - Press and hold the top of the switch to turn
the front washer and the top washer ON; press and
hold the bottom to turn the rear washer ON.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
50 of 270
Right Instrument And Indicator Panel (Cont’d)
20. Rear Auxiliary Switch and Rear Hook Switch (If

Equipped) - Press top of the switch to activate the
rear auxiliary Up valve. Press bottom of the switch to
activate the rear auxiliary Down valve. The switch WARNING
controls the rear hook when it is plugged into the rear
auxiliary hydraulics. Move switch to centre position to Before you exit the operator’s position:
disable the functions. • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
in neutral.
21. Automatic Boom Suspension (If Equipped) - Press • Engage the parking brake.
the bottom of the switch to enable automatic boom • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
suspension. Press the top to turn OFF. (See on the ground.
AUTOMATIC BOOM SUSPENSION on Page 80.) • Stop the engine.
W-2907-0211
22. Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator - (See
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) on Page
50.) Indicates the successive levels of machine Centre Indicator Panel
longitudinal stability. (See Longitudinal Load Moment
Controller (LLMC) on Page 135.) Figure 25
23. Emergency Stop - Push to immediately shut down

the engine and its fuel supply. The display screen
shows “STOP”. Pull to unlock from pressed position.
24. Key Switch (If Equipped) - Used to turn the electrical

system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.
(See Standard Key Panel on Page 97.)
25. Start Switch (Keyless) (If Equipped) - Used to turn

the electrical system on and off, and to start and stop 1 2 3 4 5 6
the engine. (See Keypad Panel (If Equipped) on Page
98.)
S41633
26. Keypad (Keys 0 through 9) (If Equipped) - Used to S40661
enter a number code (password) to allow starting the
engine. An asterisk will show in the display screen for Centre Indicator Panel [Figure 25]
each key press.
1. NOT USED
27. LOCK Key (If Equipped) - Used to lock keypad. The
lock key will display a red light to indicate a password 2. Boom Suspension Indicator (Blue Light) (If
is required to start the telescopic handler. (See Equipped) - The light comes ON when Boom
Password Lockout Feature on Page 240.) Suspension is activated. (See BOOM SUSPENSION
on Page 79.)
28. UNLOCK Key (If Equipped) - Used to unlock The light will flash when there is a Boom Suspension
keypad. The unlock key will display a green light to malfunction. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES
indicate the telescopic handler can be started without on Page 217.)
a password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 240.) 3. Front Wheel Alignment Indicator (Orange Light).
4. Rear Wheel Alignment Indicator (Orange Light).
5. Parking Light Indicator (Green Light).
6. Low Beam Headlights Indicator (Green Light).
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
51 of 270
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI)
The LLMI warns the operator about inadequate stability In this zone, the following machine functions are
in the longitudinal plane (forward direction). progressively reduced in speed as the machine's
longitudinal stability decreases:
The LLMI is intended to warn for tipping over in the case
of: • Boom lowering
• Boom extend
• The machine is stationary on solid, stable and level • Tilting of attachment
ground • Auxiliary hydraulic functions.
• The machine is performing load picking, carrying,
loading and unloading Warning Zone:
• The telescopic boom is not fully retracted. Orange indicator lights (Item 2) [Figure 26] (two
lights). The longitudinal stability level gets close to the
The LLMI is not intended to warn for tipping over in the critical zone.
case of:
In this zone, the following machine functions are
• A sudden overload progressively reduced in speed as the machine's
• Travelling with a lifted load longitudinal stability decreases:
• Travelling on rough terrain or on grounds with
obstacles and holes • Boom lowering
• Travelling across a slope or turning on a slope • Boom extend
• Turning corners too fast or too sharp. • Tilting of attachment
• Auxiliary hydraulic functions.
Figure 26
Critical Zone:
4 Red indicator light (Item 3) [Figure 26] (one light).
3
The machine's longitudinal stability reaches a critical
5 level. A warning horn is activated along with the red
indicator light.
2
In this zone, the following machine functions are
6
reduced in speed or disabled:
1 • Boom lowering (disabled with boom angle above 5°,
reduced in speed when below 5°)
• Boom extend (disabled)
• Tilt (reduced in speed)
• Auxiliary hydraulic functions (reduced in speed)
P126147
Use the remaining active functions to bring the
machine back to a safe level of stability. If necessary,
The indicator lights (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 26] activate the LLMC override mode to enable a disabled
sequentially illuminate as the machine’s longitudinal function such that the machine can be brought back
stability decreases. They identify three zones of the to a safe level of stability. (See Override Switch on
machine's longitudinal stability level: Page 135.)
NOTE: All hydraulic movements are functional if the NOTE: The LLMC override mode should only be
boom is fully retracted, regardless of the activated when necessary and is
machine's stability level. automatically deactivated after a running
period of 60 seconds.
NOTE: When the longitudinal stability level reaches a
critical level (Critical zone) with the boom not NOTE: The warning horn cannot be deactivated.
fully retracted and the boom angle below 5°,
only hazardous movements are disabled (tilt
and boom lowering are reduced in speed). It is
still possible to retract and lift the boom.
Secure Zone:
Green indicator lights (Item 1) [Figure 26] (four

lights). The operator works in a secure zone.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
52 of 270
Longitudinal Load Moment Indicator (LLMI) (Cont’d)
Test Button:
The test button (Item 4) [Figure 26 on Page 50] has two

functions:
• Testing the correct functioning of the LLMI and the

LLMC. (See LLMC CALIBRATION TEST on Page
171.)
• Calibrating the LLMI / LLMC system. (See your
Bobcat dealer for calibration.)
The test indicator light (RED) (Item 5) [Figure 26 on

Page 50] is used for the test procedure and the LLMI /
LLMC system calibration. The light flashes when the
LLMC is in fault mode.
The control indicator light (ORANGE) (Item 6) [Figure 26

on Page 50] indicates that the machine is under control
of the LLMC. The light flashes when the LLMC override
switch is activated. (See Override Switch on Page 135.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
53 of 270
Display Panel
Figure 27
15 2 12
1
6 7 16
3 13
18
8 9 10 11
14
4 17
5
19 22
20 21
P122919
1. Direction Signal (Green Light) - The light will flash 9. FORWARD - NEUTRAL - REVERSE - F-N-R (Yellow
when a direction signal is activated or when the Light) - The light will flash when attempting to start
hazard lights are activated. the engine when the Travel Direction Control (Travel
Direction Switch and / or Lever) is not in NEUTRAL
2. General Warning (Red Light) - The light comes on position. (See Travel Direction on Page 46.)
when a general error is present. (See Service Codes*
and "MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL" on 10. Joystick Lockout (Red Light) - The light comes on
Page 101.) when the joystick lockout is activated. The light will
flash when there is a joystick malfunction or failure.
3. Low Speed (Yellow Light) - The light comes on when (See Service Codes*.)
low speed is activated.
11. Parking Brake And Operator Position (Red Light)
4. Engine Coolant Temperature (Red Light) - The light - The light comes on when the parking brake is
comes on if the engine coolant temperature is high. engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.) The
The light will flash if the engine coolant temperature is light will flash and a warning horn is activated when
extremely high. the parking brake pressure is too low OR when the
operator leaves the operator seat while the parking
5. Engine Malfunction (Red Light) - The light comes brake is not engaged.
on when there is an engine malfunction or failure.
(See Service Codes* and "MONITORING THE 12. Headlights High Beam (Blue Light) - The light
DISPLAY PANEL" on Page 101.) comes on when high beam is activated. (See Multi-
function Lever on Page 47.)
6. Engine Temperature Gauge - Shows the engine
13. NOT USED
coolant temperature.
14. Fuel Level (Red Light) - The light comes on when the
7. Display Screen - Displays information. (See Display
fuel level is low.
Screen on Page 54.)
8. Seat Belt (Red Light) - Instructs operator to fasten

seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
* See SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS for Service Code description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on
Page 217.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
54 of 270
Display Panel (Cont’d)
15. Hydraulic System Malfunction (Red Light) - The *See SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS for Service Code
light comes on when there is a hydraulic malfunction description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on
or failure or if the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid Page 217.)
temperature is high or if the hydraulic filter is plugged.
The light will flash if the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid
temperature is extremely high. (See Service Codes*.)
16. Fuel Level Gauge - Shows the amount of fuel in the

tank.
IMPORTANT
17. DEF Level (Orange Light) - The light comes on when AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
the DEF tank level is below 25% and starts to flash if Continuing to operate the machine when a service
the level is below 5%. code has been recorded can cause serious engine
damage. A service code will not cause the engine to
18. DEF Tank Level - Shows the DEF level in the tank. shut down automatically.
19. Work Lights (Without Blue Work Lights Option) - If a service code is observed:
Press once to turn front and rear work lights ON (left • Park the machine in a safe location.
green LED will be on). Press a second time to turn • Stop the engine immediately.
work lights OFF (left green LED will be off). • Maintain or repair the machine as required.
I-2353-0112
Work Lights (With Blue Work Lights Option) - Press
once to turn blue work lights ON (right green LED will
be on). Press a second time (within 3 seconds of
activating the blue work lights) to turn blue work lights
OFF and to turn front and rear work lights ON (right
green LED will be off and left green LED will be on).
Press a second time (after more than 3 seconds of
activating the blue lights) to turn blue work lights OFF
(right green LED will be off) and skip the work lights.
Press a third time to turn work lights OFF (left green
LED will be off).
NOTE: (Blue) Work Lights can only be activated

when parking lights are ON. (See Multi-
function Lever on Page 47.)
20. Hydraulic Control Lockout - Press once to

deactivate all hydraulic functions of the boom. Press
a second time to enable the hydraulic functions. Use
to deactivate all functions of the Hydraulic Control
Lever (Joystick) when travelling on a road.
21. Continuous Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics - For

continuous operation of the auxiliary hydraulics, press
this button once to activate the continuous flow
auxiliary hydraulics system (left green LED will light)
and then press the joystick front button (Item 9)
[Figure 86 on Page 84]. Press a second time to
deactivate the system.
Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup - For auxiliary

hydraulics at startup, press this button for three
seconds to show the auxiliary hydraulics default mode
at startup. (See Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup on
Page 85.)
22. Information - Press to cycle through the display

screen menus. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
55 of 270
Display Screen
Figure 28 • Machine Speed - Shows the machine speed (km/h or

mph) as soon the engine is started (only for high
speed machines equipped with a travel speed
3 sensor) (Item 4) [Figure 28].
1 • Engine Speed - Shows the actual engine revolutions

per minute (rpm). When this menu is activated, the
rpm icon (Item 5) [Figure 28] will light.
4
• Job Hours - Shows the total time the engine ran
during the job (hours). When this menu is activated,
the hourglass icon (Item 3) [Figure 28] will light.
Press the information button (Item 1) [Figure 29] for
3 seconds to reset the job hours.
2 5 • Maintenance Clock - Shows when the next service
EM8031
interval is due (if enabled). When this menu is
activated, the hourglass icon (Item 3) [Figure 28] and
Service icon (Item 4) [Figure 30] will light. (See
Figure 29 MAINTENANCE CLOCK on Page 241.)
• Boom Angle - Shows the inclination angle of the

telescopic boom (degrees). When this menu is
activated, the degree symbol (°) will be displayed on
the right side of the display screen.
• Speed Management (Creep) - Shows the Speed

Management value (%). When this menu is activated,
[C] followed by the Speed Management value will be
displayed on the left side of the display screen if the
Speed Management is enabled, [C OFF] if the Speed
Management is disabled. (See SPEED
1 MANAGEMENT on Page 81.)
P122916 • Smart Handling System (Reduced Mode) - Shows

the boom reduction value (%). When this menu is
activated, [B] followed by the boom reduction value
The display screen [Figure 28] is located on the display will be displayed on the left side of the display screen.
panel. (See Display Panel on Page 52.) (See SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS) on Page
88.)
The following icons are always displayed:
• Auxiliary Hydraulics - Shows which percentage (%)
• The displayed numbers (Item 1) [Figure 28] are not of the auxiliary hydraulics flow is available. When this
used. menu is activated, [A] followed by the maximum
available percentage will be displayed on the left side
• FORWARD - NEUTRAL - REVERSE (F-N-R) - The of the display screen. (See Changing The Maximum
displayed character (Item 2) [Figure 28] indicates the Auxiliary Flow on Page 85.)
selected travel mode. (See Travel Direction on Page
46.) • Auto Reverse Cooling Fan (If Equipped) - Shows
the reverse cooling fan interval (minutes). When this
The display screen can display the following information: menu is activated, [I] followed by the reverse cooling
fan interval will be displayed on the left side of the
• Engine Hours - Shows total time the engine ever ran display screen. (See AUTO REVERSE COOLING
(hours). When this menu is activated, the hourglass FAN on Page 87.)
icon (Item 3) [Figure 28] will light. The Engine Hours
menu will show by default upon startup. Use the information button (Item 1) [Figure 29] to cycle
through the different information.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
56 of 270
Display Screen (Cont’d)
Figure 30 • Battery / Charging Voltage - Shows the battery

voltage. To activate this menu, press the work lights
button (Item 1) [Figure 31] for three seconds while in
the engine hours menu. When the battery voltage
menu is activated, the battery voltage icon (Item 3)
[Figure 30] will light. Press the information button
(Item 2) [Figure 31] once to return to the engine hour
menu. In combination with general warning icon (see
Item 2 "Display Panel" on Page 52) it shows a battery
voltage error.
• Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Shows hydraulic oil

temperature. To activate this menu, press the work
lights button (Item 1) for three seconds while in the
boom angle menu. Press the information button
1 2 3 4 (Item 2) [Figure 31] once to return to the boom angle
EM8031
menu.
• Service Codes - Shows the active Service Codes.

Figure 31 (See Viewing Service Codes on Page 217.) When this
menu is activated, the Service icon (Item 4)
[Figure 30] will light.
Temperature Control Panel
Figure 32
2
1
P122916
The following information can be displayed on the display

screen [Figure 30]:
2 3 1
• Engine Preheat - ‘WAIT’ is displayed automatically
during the preheating of the engine (See STARTING
P118581
THE ENGINE on Page 97.) When this menu is
activated, the engine preheat icon (Item 1)
Right Rear Console [Figure 32]
• Steering Mode Change Management - Shows the
active steering mode change management. (See 1. Fan Switch - Turn switch clockwise to increase fan
Steering Mode Management on Page 61.) When this speed. “O” - Off, “I” - Low, “II” - Medium, “III” - Fast
menu is activated, the rpm icon (Item 2) [Figure 30]
will light. 2. Temperature Control - Turn clockwise to increase
cab temperature; anticlockwise to decrease.
3. Air Conditioning Switch (If Equipped) - Press the

top of the switch to turn the Air Conditioning ON -
Press the bottom of the switch to turn the Air
Conditioning OFF.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
57 of 270
Sight Level Gauge Accelerator Pedal
Figure 33 Figure 35
1
1
S41663 P126140
The sight level gauge (Item 1) [Figure 33] indicates The accelerator pedal (Item 1) [Figure 35] is at the right
position of the frame to the horizontal plane. side of the steering console.
When carrying out load handling work, carefully monitor Press the accelerator pedal down to increase engine
this sight level gauge and take the necessary measures. speed. Release foot pressure to decrease engine speed.
Auxiliary Power Outlet Brake Pedal And Inching Control
Figure 34 The brake pedal (Item 2) [Figure 35] is at the left of the
accelerator pedal.
Press the brake a small amount to decrease travel speed

and control inching (gradual travel of the machine). Press
down to stop travel of the machine.
1
NOTE: Approximately the first half of the total brake
pedal travel is for INCHING CONTROL.
S41929
The Auxiliary Power Outlet (Item 1) [Figure 34] is a

12 volt receptacle for accessories.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
58 of 270
OPERATOR CAB
Description Cab Door
The Bobcat telescopic handler has an operator cab Figure 36

(ROPS / FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the
operator. The seat belt must be worn for ROPS / FOPS
protection.
1
Check the ROPS / FOPS cab, mounting, and hardware
for damage. Never modify the ROPS / FOPS cab.
Replace the cab and hardware if damaged. See your
Bobcat dealer for parts. 2
ROPS / FOPS - Roll-over Protective Structure per ISO

3471, Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449
(FOPS Level II) and OECD code 4, code 9 and code 10.
Operator cab category 1 per EN 15695-1:2009.

P119153
The operator cab does not provide protection against
hazardous substances. Do not use this machine under
conditions requiring protection against hazardous Figure 37
substances.
WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless 1
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Do not
operate without right window. Changes to the cab
can cause loss of operator protection from rollover
and falling objects, and result in serious injury or
death.
W-2906-0211 P119154
The cab door can be opened from the outside of the cab
using the latch (Item 1) [Figure 36] and opened from the
inside of the cab when you pull the lever (Item 1)
[Figure 37] back (as shown).
The cab door can be locked (Item 2) [Figure 36] with the
same key as the starter switch.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
59 of 270
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)
Cab Door Window
Figure 38 Figure 40
1 1
P119155 P119155
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 38] (as shown) to unlock Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 40] back into the
the window. Push the window fully open until it latches original position (as shown) to lock the window.
against the cab.
Figure 39
P118578
Push the knob (Item 1) [Figure 39] inside the cab to

disengage the latch and close the window.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
60 of 270
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)
Rear Cab Window Cab Light
Figure 41 Figure 43
P118579 S41640
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 41] (as shown) to unlock The cab light [Figure 43] is located above the operator’s
the rear window. left shoulder.
Push the rear window open until in fully open position. Move the switch (Item 1) [Figure 43] to the left or the
right to turn the light ON. Move the switch to the centre
Pull the window down to close it. position to turn the light OFF.
Figure 42
P118579
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 42] back into the

original position (as shown) to lock the window.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
61 of 270
STEERING MODE SELECTION
Aligning Modes
To switch between the different steering modes (See

DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC
HANDLER on Page 73.) the operator has a choice
between two aligning modes:
• In manual aligning mode, the operator has to make

sure the front and rear wheels are straightened before
selecting the desired steering mode.
• In semi-automatic aligning mode (if equipped), the

operator first has to choose the desired steering mode
and will then receive instructions on which wheels
need to be aligned. Once the wheel alignment
instruction(s) (indicated by the flashing of the Front or
Rear Wheel Straight indicator light) are followed, the
chosen steering mode will be automatically activated.
NOTE: It is recommended to perform the semi-

automatic alignment procedure on a daily
basis.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
62 of 270
STEERING MODE SELECTION (CONT’D)
Steering Mode Management
Figure 44 Figure 46
3
2
4 1
P122914 EM8035
Press the information button (Item 1) to cycle the display Press the work lights button (Item 4) [Figure 44] once to
screen (Item 2) until the engine speed menu (Item 3) switch to the manual aligning mode. [MANU] [Figure 46]
[Figure 44] is displayed. (See Display Screen on Page will appear on the display screen. Pressing the work
54.) lights button again will switch back the aligning mode to
semi-automatic.
Press the work lights button (Item 4) [Figure 44] for
3 seconds until the aligning mode appears on the display Figure 47
screen.
Figure 45
EM8037
EM8036
Press the work lights button (Item 4) [Figure 44] for 3
seconds until [STORE] [Figure 47] appears on the
display screen. The selected aligning mode has been
The semi-automatic aligning mode is the default setting. saved now and will become active.
[AUTO] [Figure 45] appears on the display screen.
Press the information button (Item 1) [Figure 44] once to
NOTE: For machines not equipped with the semi- return to the engine hour menu.
automatic aligning mode, the manual aligning
mode [Figure 46] will be the default setting.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
63 of 270
Semi-Automatic Aligning Mode Procedure 4-Wheel Steering (Top Switch Position)
Figure 48 The front wheels will turn the direction that the steering
wheel is turned. The rear wheels turn the opposite
1 2 direction. Indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 48] will be ON.
Use in most working conditions. (See 4-Wheel Steering
Mode on Page 73.)
Perform the following procedure to activate the 4-wheel

steering mode:
Press top of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 48]. If the front

3 and rear wheels are straight ahead, the 4-wheel steering
4
mode will be activated.
If the front and / or rear wheels are not straight ahead,

the semi-automatic aligning procedure will start:
P133096
1. If the rear wheels are not straight ahead, the Rear
Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 49]
Figure 49 will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the light stays
ON. The rear wheels are straight ahead now.
2. If the front wheels are straight ahead, the 4-wheel

steering mode is active now.
3. If the front wheels are not straight ahead, the Front

Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 2) [Figure 49]
will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the light stays
ON. The front wheels are straight ahead now.
2 1 4. The 4-wheel steering mode is active now.
S41633
S40661
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
64 of 270
Semi-Automatic Aligning Mode Procedure (Cont’d)
2-Wheel Steering (Centre Switch Position) Crab Steering (Bottom Switch Position)
The front wheels will turn the direction that the steering Front and rear wheels turn the same direction that the
wheel is turned. The rear wheels remain straight ahead. steering wheel is turned. The machine moves diagonally
Use when travelling on roads at higher speeds. (No in the direction the steering wheel is turned. Indicator
indicator light is on when in 2-wheel steering mode.) (See light (Item 3) [Figure 48] will be ON. Use in confined
2-Wheel Steering Mode on Page 75.) areas to move away from buildings or to reposition the
machine. (See Crab Steering Mode on Page 77.)
Perform the following procedure to activate the 2-wheel
steering mode: Perform the following procedure to activate the crab
steering mode:
Move the switch (Item 2) [Figure 48] to the centre
position. If the rear wheels align straight ahead, the 2- Press the bottom of the switch (Item 4) [Figure 48]. If the
wheel steering mode will be activated. front and rear wheels align straight ahead, the crab
steering mode will be activated.
If the rear wheels do not align straight ahead, the semi-
automatic aligning procedure will start: If the front and / or rear wheels do not align straight
ahead, the semi-automatic aligning procedure will start:
1. The Rear Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1)
[Figure 49] will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the 1. If the rear wheels are not straight ahead, the Rear
light stays ON. The rear wheels align straight ahead Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 49]
now. will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the light stays
ON. The rear wheels align straight ahead now.
2. The 2-wheel steering mode is activated now.
2. If the front wheels align straight ahead, the crab
steering mode is active now.
3. If the front wheels do not align straight ahead, the

Front Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 2)
[Figure 49] will flash. Turn the steering wheel until the
light stays ON. The front wheels align straight ahead
now.
4. The crab steering mode is activated now.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
65 of 270
Manual Aligning Mode Procedure
Before changing the steering mode, all four wheels must Figure 51
be straight ahead.
1 2
Figure 50
3 4
1 2
P133096
4-Wheel Steering (Top Switch Position)

S41633
S40661 Press the top of the switch (Item 2). The front
wheels will turn the direction that the
steering wheel is turned. The rear wheels
Front Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 1) and Rear
turn the opposite direction. Indicator light
Wheels Straight indicator light (Item 2) [Figure 50] must
(Item 1) [Figure 49] will be ON. Use in most
be ON.
working conditions. (See 4-Wheel Steering
Mode on Page 73.)
Turn the steering wheel until both lights are ON.
2-Wheel (Front) Steering (Centre Switch Position)
NOTE: If the wheels do not align straight ahead, use Move the switch (Item 2) [Figure 49] to the
the following procedure: centre position. The front wheels will turn the
direction that the steering wheel is turned.
1. Put the Steering Mode Switch in 4-Wheel The rear wheels remain straight ahead. Use
Steering and turn the steering wheel until the when travelling on roads at higher speeds.
rear wheels align straight ahead. (No indicator light is on when in 2-wheel
steering mode.) (See 2-Wheel Steering
2. Put the Steering Mode Switch in 2-Wheel Mode on Page 75.)
Steering and turn the steering wheel until the
Crab Steering (Bottom Switch Position)
front wheels align straight ahead.
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 4). Front
Now you can select the desired steering mode and rear wheels turn the same direction that
and the machine will steer correctly. the steering wheel is turned. The machine
moves diagonally in the direction the
steering wheel is turned. Indicator light (Item
3) [Figure 49] will be ON. Use in confined
areas to move away from buildings or to
reposition the machine. (See Crab Steering
Mode on Page 77.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
66 of 270
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM
Description
For model TL30.70(D)(H)B, the engine exhaust system is equipped with a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system.
The SCR is an emissions reduction system that removes nitrogen oxides from the exhaust gases.
The machine will periodically perform a process to clean sulfur oxides from the SCR system. This process is called
DeSOX.
The SCR system requires Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® to function correctly. (See DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID
(DEF) / ADBLUE® SYSTEM on Page 179.)
NOTE: Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) and AdBlue® are different names for the same fluid. See your Bobcat dealer
for more information.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Level
DEF /
ENGINE ENGINE
STAGE
FLUID LEVEL ADBLUE® DISPLAY
ALARM
SERVICE
TORQUE RPM
LEVEL INDICATOR MALFUNCTION SCREEN CODES
DERATE LIMIT
ICON
Four Green
Full
Lights
Three Green
75%
Lights
Two Green
50%
Lights
25% - One Green E005246-17
Warning On DEF L [1] Three Beeps
10% Light U001761-15
Three Beeps
E005246-15
Low Less One Yellow (Additional
On DEF L [1] E005246-17 25%
Level Than 10% Light beep every 20
U001761-15
minutes)
Three Beeps
E005246-15
for each code
Severe Less One Red E005246-16
On DEF L [2] (Additional 50% 60%
Level Than 5% Light E005246-17
beep every 10
U001761-15
minutes)
[1] Pressing the information button on the left panel will return the display to the main menu for 20 minutes.
NOTE: The level indicator, DEF / AdBlue® malfunction icon, and display screen are located on the display
panel. (See Display Panel on Page 52.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
67 of 270
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM (CONT’D)
DeSOX Process
There are three DeSOX processes:
• Passive DeSOX (Automatically performed by the machine unless inhibited)
• Forced DeSOX (Machine requested; operator initiated)
• Inhibit DeSOX
———————————————————————————————————————————————————
Passive DeSOX Process Forced DeSOX Process
Figure 52 The machine will request a forced DeSOX if a passive

DeSOX has not been performed or finished.
Figure 53
P122912
The DeSOX process will begin automatically every 180

P122911
hours. The upper part of the DeSOX switch will light and
[DESOX] and a progress status from 0 to 100 per cent
will alternately appear in the data display [Figure 52]. The alarm will beep once every hour, the upper part of
the DeSOX switch will blink, and [DESOX] will flash in the
When finished, the display will display [PASS] before data display [Figure 53] during 10 seconds every hour
reverting to the main menu. Press the information button and at each cycle of the start key or keyless switch.
to return to the main menu immediately.
Forced DeSOX is requested when sulfur load hours are
The DeSOX process can last 15 to 20 minutes. higher than 190 hours. If Forced DeSOX has not been
performed at 200 sulfur load hours, the engine control
It is recommended to continue operating the machine unit (ECU) will reduce engine torque by 25% at low idle
under load until the DeSOX process is finished. and progressively up to 60% at high idle.
The DeSOX process can be stopped by turning off the Park the machine in a ventilated outdoor area.
machine or by pressing the Inhibit DeSOX switch. The
process will resume from the beginning the next time the Put the travel direction control in NEUTRAL.
machine is started after acceptable conditions are
reached. Release the throttle pedal and make sure the parking
brake is engaged.
The engine coolant temperature must be higher than

40°C (104°F).
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
68 of 270
DeSOX Process (Cont’d)
Forced DeSOX Process (Cont’d) Inhibit DeSOX Process
Figure 54 Figure 55
2 1
P135533 P135533
Press the top of the DeSOX switch (Item 1) [Figure 54] Press the bottom of the DeSOX switch (Item 1)
for about 3 seconds to start the Forced DeSOX process. [Figure 55] to prevent the telescopic handler from
performing a DeSOX process. The switch will light while
The forced DeSOX process will last 15 to 20 minutes with DeSOX is inhibited. The inhibit will reset when the
engine rpm at maximum idle. machine is turned OFF.
The Forced DeSOX process can be stopped by pressing If DeSOX is inhibited, press and release the bottom of the
the bottom of the DeSOX switch (Inhibit) (Item 2) DeSOX switch (Item 1) [Figure 55] to reset and allow the
[Figure 54]. If needed, the system will request a Forced machine to perform a DeSOX process.
DeSOX the next time the machine is started. The Forced
DeSOX process will resume from the last progress If a DeSOX process has started, pressing and holding
status. the bottom of the DeSOX switch (Item 1) [Figure 55] for
three seconds will stop the process.
Figure 56
P122911
The engine malfunction icon will light [Figure 56] and the
alarm will beep twice if a DeSOX process is needed while
inhibited. Service code [E00008107] will also be
displayed. The engine torque will reduce by 40% if the
operator continues to operate the machine while
inhibited.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
69 of 270
SCR System Codes
The following SCR system codes alert the operator of conditions that require attention. Continued operation of the
machine under these conditions will result in reduced machine performance. See your Bobcat dealer for more
information.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Unsatisfactory EGR Impeded

Quality
Figure 59
Figure 57
P122909
P122910
[EGR] will appear in the data display [Figure 59] to alert

[DEF Q] will appear in the data display [Figure 57] to the operator that the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)
system is impeded. (See EGR Impeded on Page 70.)
alert the operator that the DEF / AdBlue® quality is
unsatisfactory. (See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /
AdBlue® Unsatisfactory Quality on Page 69.) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Dosing
Interruption
SCR System Component Tampering
Figure 60
Figure 58
P122907
P122908
[DOSE] will appear in the data display [Figure 60] to

[SCR] will appear in the data display [Figure 58] to alert alert the operator that there has been an interruption in
the operator that an SCR system component has been DEF / AdBlue® dosing. (See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /
tampered with. (See SCR System Component Tampering AdBlue® Dosing Interruption on Page 70.)
on Page 69.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
70 of 270
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Unsatisfactory Quality
The machine can detect unsatisfactory quality DEF / AdBlue® and will alert the operator.
ENGINE ENGINE
DISPLAY SERVICE ENGINE
STAGE MALFUNCTION ALARM TORQUE
SCREEN CODES RPM LIMIT
ICON DERATE
Three Beeps (Additional

Warning On DEF Q [1] E005246-24 [3]
beep every 20 minutes)
Low Level On DEF Q [1] E005246-24 [3] 25%
Severe Three Beeps (Additional
Flashing DEF Q [2] E005246-24 [3] 50% 60%
Level beep every 10 minutes)
[1] Pressing the information button on the display panel will return the display to the main menu for 20 minutes.
[3] Also code U003516-00, U003516-01, or U003516-31 will be displayed.
NOTE: The engine malfunction icon and display screen are located on the display panel. (See Display Panel
on Page 52.)
NOTE: Low Level Stage is reached 10 hours after Warning Stage. Severe Level is reached 20 hours after
Warning Stage. If the error repeats within 40 hours following repair, then Severe Level will be reached
in 2 hours.
SCR System Component Tampering
The machine can detect tampering with SCR system components and will alert the operator.
ENGINE ENGINE
ICON DERATE

Warning On SCR [1] E005246-25 [3]
Low Level On SCR [1] E005246-25 [3] 25%
Flashing SCR [2] E005246-25 [3] 50% 60%
[3] One or more ‘U’ codes could also be displayed.
on Page 52.)
in 5 hours.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
71 of 270
EGR Impeded
The machine can detect an impeded exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system and will alert the operator.
ENGINE ENGINE
ICON DERATE

Warning On EGR [1] E005246-21 [3]
Low Level On EGR [1] E005246-21 [3] 25%
Flashing EGR [2] E005246-21 [3] 50% 60%
[3] Also code U065226-21. Additional ‘E’ codes could also be displayed.
on Page 52.)
in 5 hours.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Dosing Interruption
The machine can detect an interruption in DEF / AdBlue® dosing and will alert the operator.
ENGINE ENGINE
ICON DERATE

Warning On DOSE [1] E005246-22 [3]
Low Level On DOSE [1] E005246-22 [3] 25%
Flashing DOSE [2] E005246-22 [3] 50% 60%
[3] One or more ‘U’ codes could also be displayed.
on Page 52.)
in 5 hours.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
72 of 270
PARKING BRAKE EMERGENCY EXIT
Operation Rear Window
Parking Brake Switch Open the rear window. (See Rear Cab Window on Page
59.)
Figure 61
Figure 62
P126147
P118579
NOTE: In case of failure of the service brake, the
parking brake can be used as emergency
Turn the handle (Item 1) [Figure 62] clockwise (as
brake.
shown) and push the rear window fully open.
Parking Brake Activation:
Figure 63
Press the bottom of the parking brake switch (Item 1)
[Figure 61] to engage the parking brake. The light will
turn on.
The parking brake will engage automatically when:
• the engine is OFF;

• the engine is ON with engine rpm at low idle AND the
travel direction control is in NEUTRAL.
Parking Brake Deactivation:
Press the bottom of the parking brake switch (Item 1)

[Figure 61] to release the parking brake. The light will
P118009
turn off.
The parking brake will release automatically when: Exit through the rear window opening [Figure 63].
• the engine is ON with the engine rpm higher than low

idle AND the travel direction control is out of
NEUTRAL
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
73 of 270
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
Description Operation
Figure 64
WARNING
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
1 and travel path.
• The operator must maintain a clear view of the
direction of travel and look before and during
machine movement.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
2 the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0118
P119156 The back-up alarm will sound when the operator

prepares the telescopic handler for reverse travel. (See
Travel Direction on Page 46.)
The back-up alarm (Item 1) is located at the rear of the
machine and can be accessed through an opening (Item If alarm does not sound, see inspection and maintenance
2) [Figure 64] in the frame. instructions for the back-up alarm system in the
preventive maintenance section of this manual. (See
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM on Page 174.)
rear when operating the telescopic handler in
reverse, or for keeping bystanders away from the
work area. Operators must always look in the direction
of travel, including reverse, and must also keep
bystanders away from the work area, even though the
telescopic handler is equipped with a back-up alarm.
Operators must be trained to always look in the direction

of travel, including when operating the telescopic
handler in reverse and to keep bystanders away from
the work area. Other workers should be trained to always
keep away from the operator’s work area and travel path.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
74 of 270
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
4-Wheel Steering Mode
WARNING
When operating the machine, operate only from the
operator’s seat with the seat belt securely fastened.
W-2811-EN-0614
4-wheel steer allows the machine to turn in a smaller

circle. In 4-wheel steer, the rear wheels follow the same
path as the front wheels.
Figure 65
2 1
P133096
NOTE: Make sure all four wheels are straight ahead

before changing steering mode. See Steering
Mode Selection for wheel alignment
procedure if front or rear wheels are not
aligned. (See STEERING MODE SELECTION
on Page 60.)
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 65] to enable

4-wheel steering.
The 4-wheel steering icon (Item 2) [Figure 65] will be

illuminated.
WARNING
ACCIDENTAL TELESCOPIC HANDLER MOVEMENT
CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH
• The direction the Telescopic Handler turns when
moving backward is different in each steering
mode.
• Know and understand the selected steering
mode before operating.
W-2812-EN-1109
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
75 of 270
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D)
4-Wheel Steering Mode (Cont’d)
Figure 66 Move the steering wheel smoothly. Avoid sudden starting

and stopping.
Forward Travel - Prepare the telescopic handler for

forward travel. (See Travel Direction on Page 46.)
L R
Left Turn Forward / Right Turn Forward - Slowly press the
Accelerator Pedal (Item 1) and turn the steering wheel
(Item 2) [Figure 66] to the right or left. Look in the
direction of travel.
2
Reverse Travel - Prepare the telescopic handler for
3 1 reverse travel. (See Travel Direction on Page 46.)
Left Turn Backward / Right Turn Backward - Slowly press

P135524 the Accelerator Pedal (Item 1) and turn the steering
wheel (Item 2) [Figure 66] to the right or left. Look in the
Figure 67
Press the accelerator pedal down to increase engine
speed. Release foot pressure to decrease engine speed.
R
L Press the brake pedal (Item 3) [Figure 66] a small
amount to decrease travel speed and control inching
(gradual travel of the machine). (See Brake Pedal And
Inching Control on Page 56.)
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (4-Wheel Steering

Mode)
When the accelerator pedal is released, the hydrostatic

transmission will slow the machine to a stop. To decrease
stopping distance, press down the brake pedal (Item 3)
[Figure 66]. The further the brake pedal is pressed, the
faster the machine will slow to a stop.
NA1928
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
76 of 270
2-Wheel Steering Mode
WARNING WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine, operate only from the • The direction the Telescopic Handler turns when
operator’s seat with the seat belt securely fastened. moving backward is different in each steering
W-2811-EN-0614
mode.
Only the front wheels turn when in 2-wheel steering mode before operating.
mode. Use 2-wheel steering when operating on public W-2812-EN-1109
roads.
Figure 68
P133096

on Page 60.)
Press the switch (Item 1) [Figure 68] to the centre

position to enable 2-wheel steering.
The icons (Item 2) [Figure 68] will NOT be illuminated

when in 2-wheel steering mode.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
77 of 270
2-Wheel Steering Mode (Cont’d)

and stopping.

L R
2

Figure 70
R
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (2-Wheel Steering

Mode)

NA1926
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
78 of 270
Crab Steering Mode
Figure 71
WARNING
When operating the machine, operate only from the
operator’s seat with the seat belt securely fastened.
W-2811-EN-0614
Crab steering mode allows both the front and rear wheels 2 1
to turn the same direction that the steering wheel is
turned. The machine moves diagonally in the direction
the steering wheel is turned. Use in confined areas to
move away from buildings or to reposition the machine.
P133096

on Page 60.)
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 71] to

enable crab steering.
The crab steering icon (Item 2) [Figure 71] will be

illuminated.
WARNING
CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH
• The direction the Telescopic Handler turns when
moving backward is different in each steering
mode.
mode before operating.
W-2812-EN-1109
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
79 of 270
Crab Steering Mode (Cont’d)

and stopping.

L R
2

Figure 73
R
Stopping The Telescopic Handler (Crab Steering

Mode)

NA1930
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
80 of 270
BOOM SUSPENSION
Description
Telescopic handlers with requirements in the table below Figure 75

can be equipped with manual boom suspension.
S/N SPEED OPTION
74 HP ENGINE 100 HP ENGINE

xxxx11001 - 20 km/h
xxxx15000 25 km/h
30 km/h
35 km/h
40 km/h
xxxxx15001 20 km/h 20 km/h 1
& Above 25 km/h 25 km/h
30 km/h 30 km/h
35 km/h S41633
S40661
This option dampens boom movements while travelling

on the road to increase operator comfort. Once activated, the Boom Suspension indicator light
(Item 1) [Figure 75] will be ON.
Operation
NOTE: Adding or removing a load on the attachment
Boom Suspension Activation: with boom suspension function activated can
cause small boom movement. This is normal
Enter the telescopic handler and perform the PRE- behavior of a suspension system. Lower and
STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING retract the boom to reduce boom movement.
PROCEDURE on Page 92.) Start the engine. (See
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 97.) NOTE: The boom suspension function is subject to
specific angle operating conditions. Outside
Figure 74 of these operating conditions the boom
movements are not dampened. (boom
suspension indicator light remains ON as
suspension mode remains active.)
Drive the telescopic handler.
When operating on a public road or motorway, always

follow local regulations.
Boom Suspension Deactivation:

1
Press the lower button (Item 1) [Figure 74] on the
joystick (the Boom Suspension indicator light (Item 1)
[Figure 75] will be OFF).
P135522
OR
Press the lower button (Item 1) [Figure 74] on the Stop the engine.
joystick while pulling the joystick until the boom starts
raising.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
81 of 270
AUTOMATIC BOOM SUSPENSION
Description
Telescopic handler model TL30.70(D)(H)B with S/N Figure 77

xxxx15001 & Above and speed option 40 km/h can be
equipped with automatic boom suspension.
This option dampens boom movements while travelling

on the road to increase operator comfort.
The automatic boom suspension will automatically

deactivate when driving at low speed (less than 5 km/h
[3.1 mph]) to allow accurate boom hydraulic movements.
Boom suspension can only be activated after lifting up

1
the boom for 2° or more.
Operation
S41633
S40661
Boom Suspension Activation:
Enter the telescopic handler and perform the PRE- When suspension is active, the Boom Suspension
STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 77] will be ON.
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 97.). Lower and If the Boom Suspension indicator light (Item 1) flashes,
retract the boom. lift the boom to activate suspension. If this indicator still
flashes, there is a Boom Suspension malfunction. (See
Figure 76 DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 217.)
NOTE: Adding or removing a load on the attachment

with boom suspension function activated can
cause small boom movement. This is normal
behavior of a suspension system.
NOTE: The boom suspension function is subject to

specific angle and machine speed operating
conditions. Outside of these operating
conditions the boom movements are not
dampened (boom suspension indicator light
is turned OFF outside operating conditions).
When operating on a public road or motorway, always

1
P135533
follow local regulations.
Boom Suspension Deactivation:

Press the bottom of the Automatic Boom Suspension
switch (Item 1) [Figure 76] to enable automatic boom Press the top of the Automatic Boom Suspension switch
suspension. The light on the switch will turn ON. (Item 1) [Figure 76] to turn OFF. The light on the switch
will turn OFF.
Drive the telescopic handler.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
82 of 270
SPEED MANAGEMENT
Operation
The Speed Management feature allows the telescopic Figure 79

handler to be maneuvered at a slower travel speed, even
during maximum engine rpm.
This feature can be useful for attachments requiring 1

hydraulic flow, not for loading, digging, etc.
Examples:
• Angle Broom: Allows the auxiliary hydraulic flow to the

attachment and machine forward travel speed to be
independently controlled.
Figure 78
P125410
When Speed Management is activated, the machine will

travel at the factory default setting of 50% of Standard
Travel Speed and the percentage [C 50] will appear on
the display screen (Item 1) [Figure 79].
NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by

the operator. (See Changing The Factory
Default Setting on Page 83.)
1
P133096
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 78] on

the Right Instrument Panel once to activate Speed
Management. The light on the switch will turn ON.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
83 of 270
SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D)
Operation (Cont’d)
Figure 80 Figure 81
1
3
2
1
P135522 P133096
While Speed Management is activated, press the right Press button (Item 1) [Figure 81] again to deactivate
button (Item 1) on the joystick (Item 2) to increase the Speed Management. The light of the switch will turn OFF.
speed up to 100% [C 100] or the left button (Item 3)
[Figure 80] to decrease the speed down to 0% [C OFF]. The system will retain the speed percentage as long as
The percentages will appear on the display screen. the telescopic handler remains ON.
EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40%

and then deactivate Speed Management to
reposition the telescopic handler, then re-activate
Speed Management. The speed percentage will
still be at 40%.
EXAMPLE: Turning the engine OFF will return the

Speed Management setting to default. The next
time you start the engine and activate Speed
Management, the speed will be at 50% (factory
default setting) or the last default setting saved by
the operator. (See Changing The Factory Default
Setting on Page 83.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
84 of 270
SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D)
Changing The Factory Default Setting
The Speed Management factory default setting can be Figure 84

changed by the operator to save adjustment time.
EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for

sweeping and you prefer a Speed Management
setting of 30% of Standard Travel Speed for that
application. The Speed Management default
setting can be changed to 30% of Standard Travel
Speed instead of the factory default setting of
50%. Each time you start the machine and first
select Speed Management, the machine will
default to 30% of Standard Travel Speed.
Engage Speed Management. (See Operation on Page

81.)
NA9594
Figure 82
1 The alarm will beep once, the display screen will show
2 [SET] [Figure 84] and the Speed Management will
remain active.
Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 83] or turning the

machine off will disengage Speed Management and
return the telescopic handler to Standard Travel Speed.
When Speed Management is first selected each time the

machine is started, the percentage you selected will be
the default setting. Speed Management can still be
3 adjusted from 0% to 100% of Standard Travel Speed.
P135522
The default setting can be changed any time the operator
chooses.
Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 1) or lower

(Item 2) by pressing the buttons on the joystick (Item 3)
[Figure 82] until the desired default setting is displayed.
Figure 83
1
P133096
Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 83] to save

the default setting.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
85 of 270
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS
Hydraulic Control Lever (Joystick)
Figure 85 9. Continuous Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics - After

activating the auxiliary hydraulics, press the
1 Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 9) [Figure 86]
7 to allow constant auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the
front female coupler (female coupler is pressurised).
5 (Example: Operate a broom.) To stop continuous
4 auxiliary fluid flow, press the Continuous Flow Control
switch (Item 9) a second time.
3
10. Boom Suspension (if equipped) - For dampening
8 unwanted boom movements while travelling on the
6
road. (See BOOM SUSPENSION on Page 79.)
OR
2
P135522 Boom Float Button used in combination with lower
boom movement (Item 1) [Figure 85] to engage the
float control function (If Equipped) (See Levelling The
Figure 86 Ground Using Float (If Equipped) on Page 143.)
The above joystick functions (Items 1 - 8) are

proportional; The farther you move the control, the faster
the hydraulic function operate. Joystick functions (Item 7
and 8) are also used to operate the hydraulic locking
device for attachments. (See ATTACHMENTS on Page
103.)
10
Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (Reverse
Continuous Flow)
9
To allow constant auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front
male coupler (male coupler is pressurised):
P126176 1. Activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
2. Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch down

The joystick controls the movement of the boom and
(Item 8) [Figure 85] and hold it there.
attachment [Figure 85] and [Figure 86].
3. Press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 9)
1. Lower Boom
[Figure 85].
2. Raise Boom
4. Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulics switch (Item 8)
[Figure 85].
3. Tilt Attachment Backward
NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some
4. Tilt Attachment Forward
attachments. Use reverse flow with your
attachment only if approved. See your
5. Extend Telescopic Boom
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
for detailed information.
6. Retract Telescopic Boom
To stop reverse continuous auxiliary hydraulic oil flow,
7. Controls the function of the Front Auxiliary Hydraulics
press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 9)
(Example: close grapple teeth).
[Figure 86] a second time.
8. Controls the function of the Front Auxiliary Hydraulics
(Example: open grapple teeth).
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
86 of 270
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Changing The Maximum Auxiliary Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics At Startup
The maximum available auxiliary flow setting can be The operator can choose whether the Auxiliary
adjusted by the operator to improve control of the Hydraulics are enabled or disabled at startup.
auxiliary hydraulics.
Select the Auxiliary Hydraulics menu on the display
Select the Auxiliary Hydraulics menu on the display screen. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
screen. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
Figure 89
Figure 87
1
P126293
NA13052
Press the AUX button (Item 1) for three seconds to show

Figure 88 the Auxiliary Hydraulics default mode at startup (Item 2)
[Figure 89].
1
2 Press the AUX button (Item 1) [Figure 89] again to
toggle between [ON] and [OFF].
Figure 90
P135522
Adjust the maximum available percentage higher (Item 1)

or lower (Item 2) [Figure 88] by pressing the buttons on
the joystick until the desired setting is displayed
[Figure 87]. EM8037
Press the AUX button (Item 1) [Figure 89] for 3 seconds

until [STORE] [Figure 90] appears on the display
screen. The selected Auxiliary Hydraulics default mode
has been saved now.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
87 of 270
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Quick Couplers Auxiliary Hydraulic Release
WARNING WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH AVOID BURNS
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or can get hot when running machine and attachments.
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do couplers.
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid W-2220-0396
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909
Figure 91
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
1 death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
W-2072-EN-0909
When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly

together and hold for five seconds; the pressure is
automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.
P119159
When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly
together and hold for five seconds; then retract the sleeve
To Connect: Remove dirt or debris from the surface of until the couplers disconnect.
both the male and female couplers, and from the outside
diameter of the male coupler. Visually check the couplers
for corroding, cracking, damage or excessive wear. If any
of these conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 91] must
be replaced.
Install the male couplers into the female couplers. Full

connection is made when the ball release sleeve slides
forward on the female coupler. Some attachments may
have a case drain that needs to be connected to the
small quick coupler (Item 1) [Figure 91].
To Disconnect: Hold the male coupler. Retract the sleeve

on the female coupler until the couplers disconnect.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
88 of 270
ATTACHMENT CONTROL CONNECTOR AUTO REVERSE COOLING FAN
This machine may be equipped with an electric line on This machine may be equipped with an Auto Reverse
the boom. Cooling Fan.
Figure 92 Select the Auto Reverse Cooling Fan menu on the

display screen. (See Display Screen on Page 54.)
Figure 94
1 1
P119159
Connect the attachment’s electrical harness to the 7-pin P126011

connector (Item 1) [Figure 92].
Figure 93 The default value of the Auto Reverse Cooling Fan menu
is [I OFF] (disabled) (Item 1) [Figure 94].
1 Figure 95
2 1
2
P126145
Additional switches (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 93] on the P135522

right console (behind the joystick) are used to control
some attachment functions through the electrical
connector on the boom. Adjust the reverse cooling fan interval higher (Item 1) or
lower (Item 2) [Figure 95] by pressing the buttons on the
See the appropriate attachment Operation & joystick until the desired setting is displayed. The reverse
Maintenance Manual for control details. cooling fan interval shows as [I XX M] on the display
screen. The auto reverse cooling fan interval times are
30, 45, 60 and 90 minutes.
NOTE: The setting is automatically saved in memory

every time the machine is turned off.
NOTE: The manual reverse cooling fan can be

launched by pressing the Reverse Cooling
Fan switch regardless of the auto reverse
cooling fan status. (See Right Instrument And
Indicator Panel on Page 48.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
89 of 270
SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS)
The maximum speed of the boom movements can be Figure 97

adjusted by the operator to improve control of the boom
functions. 1
2
Select the Smart Handling System (Boom Reduction)
menu on the display screen (See Display Screen on
Page 54.) or turn ON the Smart Handling System switch
(See Operation on Page 88.).
Operation
Figure 96
P135522
Adjust the maximum available percentage higher (Item 1)

or lower (Item 2) [Figure 97] by pressing the buttons on
the joystick until the desired setting is displayed.
NOTE: Adjusting the percentage is possible in 5%

steps.
NOTE: The setting is automatically saved in memory

1 P135533 every time the machine is turned off.
Press the top of the Smart Handling System switch (Item

Press the bottom of the Smart Handling System switch 1) to turn OFF [Figure 96].
(Item 1) [Figure 96] to turn ON.
NOTE: When the switch is in the OFF position the
NOTE: The software will use the last saved settings software will allow the maximum speed of
selected by the operator to adjust the every boom movement.
maximum hydraulic fluid on the boom
movements.
NOTE: The switch activation has no effect until the

joystick goes back to NEUTRAL (for every
three boom movements).
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
90 of 270
DUAL FNR
Operation
The machine can be equipped with a joystick with Travel

Direction Switch and a Travel Direction Lever at the same
time. The operator can choose between the Travel
Direction Switch on the joystick and the Travel Direction
Lever.
Engine Cranking Condition
Both the Travel Direction Lever and the Travel Direction

Switch on the joystick have to be in NEUTRAL to allow
engine cranking.
Travel Direction Control
When the engine is running, the first command that goes

out of NEUTRAL becomes the active control (FORWARD
or REVERSE).
Change Of FNR Control
Figure 98
P122918
Both the Travel Direction Lever and the Travel Direction

Switch on the joystick have to be in NEUTRAL to allow
switching controls.
NOTE: When both FNR controls are out of NEUTRAL

the FNR icon (Item 1) [Figure 98] will flash on
the Display Controller and three short beeps
will sound in the cab.
NOTE: When the machine is stopped with both FNR

controls out of NEUTRAL, the display screen
will show [2 FNR] [Figure 98] and the
transmission will be forced to NEUTRAL.
NOTE: The transmission will remain disabled until

both the Travel Direction Switch and the
Travel Direction Lever are set to NEUTRAL.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
91 of 270
DAILY INSPECTION • Back-up Alarm - Check function, replace as
necessary.
Daily Inspection And Maintenance
• Gauges and Horn - Check function, replace as
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. necessary.
Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. The Service Schedule is a guide for correct • Engine Cooling System - Check system for damage
maintenance of the Bobcat telescopic handler. (See or leaks.
SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
NOTE: Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid,
coolant, etc. must be disposed of in an
environmentally safe manner. Some
WARNING regulations require that certain spills and
leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a
specific manner. See local regulations for
Operator must have instructions before operating the
correct disposal.
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.
W-2001-0502
Check the following items before each day of operation: IMPORTANT

• Engine Oil Level PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
• Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the
• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Level decal that could damage the decal causing it to
peel from the surface.
• Brakes - Check Function • Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at
least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
• Tilt Cylinder - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium the centre of the decal toward the edges.
based grease. I-2226-EN-0910
• Attachment Carrier Pins - Lubricate with multipurpose

lithium based grease
• Engine Air System - Check Air System for Damage or

Leaks.
IMPORTANT
• Engine Coolant Level - Check System for Damage or AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Leaks. Water in the fuel system can cause serious engine
damage. Remove water from the primary fuel filter
• Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware - DO NOT daily.
operate without right cab window. I-2354-0112
• Seat Belt Allow the engine and hydraulic fluid to warm completely
before beginning operation.
• Tyres - Check for Wear, Damage, Correct Air
Pressure; Use only approved tyres with correct Use the joystick to check for smooth operation of the
pressure. following hydraulic functions:
• Loose or Broken Parts - Repair or replace as • Raise and lower the boom.
necessary.
• Extend and retract the boom.
• Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals), - Replace
as necessary. • Tilt the attachment device forward and backward.
• Check and Clean Mirrors and Windows, Boom Angle Check forward and reverse travel.
Indicator and Boom Extension Indicator - Replace as
necessary. Check operation of the accelerator and brake.
• Fuel Filter - Remove trapped water through the drain Check operation of the steering. Cycle the steering mode
valve on the bottom of the filter. (See Fuel Filter on regularly to ensure correct wheel alignment.
Page 182.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
92 of 270
DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)
Daily Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d) Cleaning The Operator Cab
If any of the functions do not operate correctly, have it • Clean soft upholstery in the cab with a cloth that has
repaired immediately before continuing. been dipped in a solution composed of water and
detergent and then thoroughly wrung out.
• The operator’s seat and the floor should be cleaned

WARNING with a vacuum cleaner and / or a stiff brush. If
necessary, use a damp cloth to remove any stubborn
stains.
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. • Clean the seat-belts with a sponge dipped in hot
Keep flammable material away. soapy water and simply leave them to dry.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases. • Fabric-covered seats should be cleaned with a stiff
W-2051-0212 brush or vacuum cleaner. Plastic-covered seats
should be cleaned with a damp cloth.
WARNING
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807
WARNING
Do not use ether with preheat systems. Explosion
can result which can cause injury or death.
W-2391-0301
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
93 of 270
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
Entering The Telescopic Handler Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s
Handbook Locations
Figure 99
Figure 100
3
1 2
1
N-20299
1
P119142
P118186
Use step (Item 1), safety tread (Item 2) and grab handles
(Item 3) [Figure 99] when entering the telescopic Read and understand the Operator’s Handbook and the
handler. Operation & Maintenance Manual (Item 1) [Figure 100]
before operating the telescopic handler.
DO NOT JUMP.
Perform the DAILY INSPECTION. (See DAILY
Safety treads are installed on the machine to provide a INSPECTION on Page 90.)
slip resistant surface for getting on and off the machine.
Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged.

Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat
dealer.
WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual and signs (decals)
on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the
manuals when making repairs, adjustments or
servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators
and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or
death.
W-2003-EN-0614
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
94 of 270
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Seat Adjustment Suspension Seat
Adjust the seat for comfortable operation. Figure 102
Air Suspension Seat
Figure 101
1
1 3
2
2
5
P123769
4 3
Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 102] to adjust the seat
P126179
distance from the steering wheel and pedals.
Turn the knob (Item 2) [Figure 102] to adjust the height

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 101] up to adjust the angle of the seat.
of the seat back.
Release the lever (Item 3) [Figure 102] to adjust the
Pull the bar (Item 2) [Figure 101] up, and move the seat angle of the seat back.
forward or backward to adjust the seat distance from the
steering wheel and pedals. Turn the lever (Item 4) to adjust the seat cushion for
weight of the operator. The gauge (Item 5) [Figure 102]
Pull the button (Item 3) [Figure 101] to lower the height indicates the chosen value in kilograms.
of the seat.
Push the button (Item 3) [Figure 101] inward to raise the

height of the seat.
The gauge (Item 4) [Figure 101] compares the current

height of the seat with the maximum and minimum
height.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
95 of 270
Seat Adjustment (Cont’d)
Premium Seat
Figure 103 Figure 105
3 1
P128346 P128347
Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 103] to adjust the seat Pull upwards or push down on the headrest (Item 1)
distance from the steering wheel and pedals. [Figure 105] to adjust its height.
Turn the knob (Item 2) [Figure 103] to adjust the height

of the seat.
Release the lever (Item 3) [Figure 103] to adjust the

angle of the seat back.
Pull the lever (Item 4) [Figure 103] to engage the

horizontal suspension. The horizontal suspension
dampens forward and backward movements.
Figure 104
P125430
Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 104] to adjust the lumbar

setting.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
96 of 270
Seat Belt Adjustment Mirrors Adjustment And Cleaning
Figure 106 Adjust and clean the mirrors to obtain the best visibility.
Cleaning
Clean mirrors every day and more often when necessary:
• Prerinse with water to remove dirt and bird soiling.

1
• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
• Use a sponge or a soft cloth. Rinse with water and dry

with a clean soft cloth.
• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.

S38171
• Do not clean with brushes.
Fasten the seat belt (Item 1) [Figure 106]. Adjusting
Adjust the seat belt so that it is snug around the lower Figure 107
part of your hips.
P119230
Adjust the left side mirror (Item 1) [Figure 107] until the
left side of the telescopic handler is visible from the
operator’s point of view.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
97 of 270
Mirrors Adjustment And Cleaning (Cont’d)
P125589 P119217A
Make sure that the left side mirror provides enough Adjust the right side mirror (Item 1) [Figure 110] until the
clearance (Item 1) [Figure 107] to open and close the right side of the telescopic handler is visible from the
cab door. operator’s point of view.
1 2
1
P119218A P119218A
Adjust the front interior mirror (Item 1) [Figure 109] until Adjust the rear interior mirror (Item 1) until the right side
the rear side of the telescopic handler is visible from the of the telescopic handler is visible via the front interior
operator’s point of view. mirror (Item 2) [Figure 111] from the operator’s point of
view.
For more information on visibility, (See

SPECIFICATIONS on Page 243.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
98 of 270
STARTING THE ENGINE
Standard Key Panel
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE- NOTE: If the engine oil temperature is below 10°C
STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 92.) (See DAILY (50°F) after starting the engine, COLD is
INSPECTION on Page 90.) displayed on the display screen and the
engine speed is limited to 1260 rpm.
The Travel Direction Control and all other controls must
be in NEUTRAL POSITION before starting the engine.
Figure 112
IMPORTANT
2 Do not engage the starter for longer than 30 seconds
3 at a time. Longer use can damage the starter by
overheating. Cool the starter for one minute between
4 uses.
1 I-2209-0301
WARNING
P133028 AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to RUN (Item 2) • Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
[Figure 112]. explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212
NOTE: Check if the emergency stop (Item 3)
[Figure 112] is not in the pressed position.
Figure 113
WARNING
1 When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
W-2050-0807
2
P122913
Keep the key in RUN position for engine preheat while

WAIT is displayed on the display screen (Item 1)
[Figure 113].
When the engine preheat icon (Item 2) [Figure 113]

goes OFF, turn the key switch to START (Item 4)
[Figure 112]. Release the key when the engine starts
and allow it to return to the RUN (Item 2) [Figure 112]
position.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
99 of 270
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Keypad Panel (If Equipped)
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE- Figure 115

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 92.) (See DAILY
INSPECTION on Page 90.)
The Travel Direction Control and all other controls must

be in NEUTRAL POSITION before starting the engine.
1
Figure 114
2 4
3
1
5 6
2 3 P126161
Use the keypad (Item 1) [Figure 115] to enter the

password. If the code is correct, the machine will start.
If an incorrect password is entered, [ERROR] will appear

P133028 P133035
on the display panel.
Turn the key switch (Item 1) (if equipped) to RUN (Item 2)

[Figure 114].
Turn the start switch (Item 3) (if equipped) to RUN

(Item 4) [Figure 114].
The message [CODE] will appear on the display screen if

the keypad panel is locked. Also when locked, the red
LED (Item 2) [Figure 115] on the locked button will be
flashing. (If the keypad is not locked, the unlocked green
LED (Item 3) [Figure 115] will be ON. Use the start
switch without a password to start the engine. (See
Password Lockout Feature on Page 240.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
100 of 270
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Keypad Panel (If Equipped) (Cont’d)

IMPORTANT
Figure 116
Do not engage the starter for longer than 30 seconds
at a time. Longer use can damage the starter by
overheating. Cool the starter for one minute between
uses.
1 I-2209-0301
2
WARNING
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
P122913 • Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212
Keep the key switch (if equipped) or the start switch (if
equipped) in RUN position for engine preheat while WAIT
is displayed on the display screen (Item 1) [Figure 116].
When the engine preheat icon (Item 2) [Figure 116]

goes OFF, turn the key switch (Item 1) (if equipped) or WARNING
start switch (if equipped) (Item 3) to START (Item 5 or 6)
[Figure 114]. Release the key switch or start switch AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
when the engine starts and allow it to return to the RUN When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
(Item 2 or 4) [Figure 114] position. air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
W-2050-0807
WARNING
Do not use ether with preheat systems. Explosion
can result which can cause injury or death.
W-2391-0301
Turn the key switch (Item 1) (if equipped) or start switch

(Item 3) [Figure 114] (if equipped) to the STOP position
to stop the engine.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
101 of 270
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) ECO MODE
Cold Temperature Starting The ECO Mode switch enables the operator to save fuel
by limiting the engine RPM when full RPM is not needed.
Operation
WARNING Figure 117
EXPLOSION CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, DEATH
OR SEVERE ENGINE DAMAGE
DO NOT use ether or starting fluid with glow plug or
air intake heater systems.
W-2071-0415
If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following

1
procedures to make starting the engine easier:
• Replace the engine oil with the correct type and

viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature.
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 184.)
• Make sure the battery is fully charged. P135533
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System

Press the bottom of the ECO Mode switch (Item 1)
[Figure 117] to activate the ECO Mode.
IMPORTANT NOTE: The activation of this mode is only possible at

low idle RPM (900 RPM).
When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F), Press the bottom of the ECO Mode switch (Item 1)
hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The [Figure 117] to turn OFF.
hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low
temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine Figure 118
in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C
(0°F) if possible.
I-2007-0910
Let the engine run for a minimum of five minutes to warm

the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid before
operating the telescopic handler.
When temperature is below -15°C (5°F), let the engine

run for a minimum of fifteen minutes before operating the
telescopic handler.
Until hydrostatic fluid reaches the optimal operating

temperature, boom movement speed can be reduced.
1
P122916
NOTE: Deactivation of this mode is allowed

independently of RPM.
NOTE: If continuous flow is still activated when

turning OFF the ECO mode, the light (Item 1)
[Figure 118] will blink three times and
deactivation will fail.
NOTE: ECO Mode will be disabled at Key ON.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
102 of 270
MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL
Figure 119 Warning And Shutdown
• When a WARNING condition exists, an icon light

associated with the warning will come ON and there
will be three beeps from the alarm. If this condition is
allowed to continue, there can be damage to the
engine or telescopic handler hydraulic systems.
• When a SHUTDOWN condition exists, an icon light

associated with the shutdown will flash and there will
be a continuous beep from the alarm. If the
1 2 SHUTDOWN condition is monitored by the engine
3 controller, STOP will be also displayed on the diplay
screen during 15 seconds.
Depending on the malfunction, the monitoring system
4 can automatically stop the engine. The engine can be
P122916
restarted only to reposition or move the telescopic
handler in a safe location.
Frequently monitor the temperature (Item 1) and fuel If engine does not automatically stop, immediately
(Item 2) gauges [Figure 119]. park the machine in a safe location and STOP the
engine.
After the engine is running, frequently monitor display
panel [Figure 119] for machine condition. Figure 120
If there is an error condition, an icon light associated with 1

the error will be ON. 3
EXAMPLE: Engine coolant temperature is high.
The Engine coolant temperature icon (Item 3)

Press the information button (Item 4) [Figure 119] to

cycle the display screen until the engine hour information
is displayed. (See Display Screen on Page 54.) 2
Press the information button (Item 4) [Figure 119] for 3 4

seconds until the Service Codes appear on the display P122916
screen.
• E000110-03 - Engine coolant temperature high There are three icon lights which can be associated with
a SHUTDOWN condition [Figure 120]:
Identify the Service Code (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE
CODES on Page 217.) and contact your Bobcat dealer 1. General Warning
for service if needed.
2. Engine Coolant Temperature
3. Hydraulic System Malfunction
4. Engine Malfunction
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
103 of 270
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
Procedure
• Stop the telescopic handler on solid, flat and level

ground.
NOTE: Ensure the machine is parked safely, taking

into consideration the surrounding traffic.
• Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL. (See

Travel Direction on Page 46.)
• Make sure the parking brake is engaged. (See

PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.)
Figure 121
P131890
• Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat on

the ground [Figure 121].
• Turn the key switch (if equipped) or start switch (if

equipped) to STOP.
• Unfasten the seat belt.
• (Standard Key Panel) Remove the key from the

switch to prevent operation of the telescopic handler
by unauthorised personnel.
• Use grab handles, safety tread and steps when

getting off.
DO NOT JUMP.
WARNING
Before you exit the operator’s position:
• Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
in neutral.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
on the ground.
• Stop the engine.
W-2907-0211
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
104 of 270
ATTACHMENTS
Serial Plate Attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
Always use the serial number of the attachment when Depending on the design of your Bobcat attachment, the
requesting service information or when ordering parts. operation and maintenance procedures are described in
your Bobcat telescopic handler Operation & Maintenance
If any serial number plate is damaged, contact your Manual or in specific Bobcat attachment Operation &
Bobcat dealer. Maintenance Manual.
Figure 122 The operation and maintenance procedures for the

attachments listed below are covered by your Bobcat
telescopic handler Operation & Maintenance Manual:
• Pallet forks
• Bale spikes
• Buckets
• Jibs
The operation and maintenance procedures for the

attachments listed below are described in a specific
Bobcat attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual:
• Grapple bucket
• Bale handler with tine / tube
7322664 • Fork grapple
• Side shift carriage
An attachment serial number plate can be found on each Contact your Bobcat Dealer to get additional copy of the
attachment [Figure 122]. specific attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.
NOTE: The centre of gravity (C.G.) indicates the Attachment EC Declaration Of Conformity
horizontal distance between the attachment’s
centre of gravity and the attachment hook-up. Depending on the design of you Bobcat attachment, the
EC homologation can be covered by your Bobcat
telescopic handler EC Declaration of Conformity or
required a specific Bobcat attachment EC Declaration of
Conformity.
When required, the attachment EC Declaration of

Conformity is available in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual describing the operation and maintenance
procedures of your Bobcat attachment.
The homologation of the attachments listed below is

covered by your Bobcat telescopic handler EC
Declaration of Conformity:
• Pallet forks
• Bale Spikes
• Buckets
The homologation of the attachments listed below is

covered by a specific Bobcat attachment EC Declaration
of Conformity:
• Jibs
• Grapple Bucket
• Bale handler With Tine / Tube
• Fork grapple
• Side shift carriage
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
105 of 270
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Buckets Choosing The Correct Bucket
Figure 123
WARNING
Never use attachments or buckets which are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments

are used on the Bobcat telescopic handler.
P133148
The dealer can identify, for each model telescopic
handler, the attachments and buckets approved by
Digging bucket [Figure 123]. Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for
Rated Load Capacity (RLC) and for secure fastening.
Figure 124
The RLC is determined by using a bucket and material of
normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer
buckets are used, the load centre moves forward and
reduces the RLC. If very dense material is loaded, the
volume must be reduced to prevent overloading.
Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of
material being handled. For safe handling of materials
and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
RLC for the telescopic handler.
NA13802
Light material bucket [Figure 124].
Figure 125
NA18205
Bucket - Mer-tach [Figure 125].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
106 of 270
Buckets (Cont’d)
Choosing The Correct Bucket (Cont’d)
Figure 126
WRONG
NA5429
Exceeding the RLC [Figure 126] can cause the following

problems:
• Steering the telescopic handler can be difficult.

• Tyres will wear faster.
• There will be a loss of stability.
• The life of the Bobcat telescopic handler will be
reduced.
WARNING
Do not exceed Rated Load Capacity. Excessive loads
can cause tipping or loss of control.
W-2393-0301
Know the weight of the materials being handled. Avoid

exceeding the RLC of the machine (as indicated on the
Load Capacity Charts). Material which is very dense will
be heavier than the same volume of less dense material.
Reduce the size of load if handling dense material.
Maximum material density is 2000 kg/m³ (125 lb/ft³) for
digging buckets and 1000 kg/m³ (62 lb/ft³) for light
material buckets.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
107 of 270
Buckets (Cont’d)
Load Chart
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112
NOTE: The maximum load of an attachment can

exceed the RLC of the telescopic handler.
Chart for the machine TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)

equipped with 780 L (28 ft³), 1500 L (53 ft³) or 2000 L
(71 ft³) bucket:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4
• with inflation pressure of 360 kPa (3,60 bar) (52 psi). 7338725
• DUNLOP 405/70 R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
• with inflation pressure of 450 kPa (4,50 bar) (65 psi). Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of
• with floating pallet forks. ISO 22915.
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• DUNLOP 405/70R24 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
108 of 270
Buckets (Cont’d)
Load Chart (Cont’d)
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112


equipped with 900 L (32 ft³) bucket for Mer-Tach carrier:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4
• with floating pallet forks. 7387694_0

• with floating pallet forks. Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD ISO 22915.
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
109 of 270
Buckets (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 127
NA13830
C.G. of attachment C.G. of load NA13831
CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF

ATTACHMENT MASS ATTACHMENT LOAD
X Y Z X Y Z
Digging Bucket 780 L (28 ft³) 415 kg 456 mm -395 mm 0 mm 497 mm -306 mm 0 mm
(915 lb) (18 in) (-15.6 in) (0 in) (19.6 in) (-12 in) (0 in)
Bucket 900 L (32 ft³), Mer-tach 400 kg 360 mm -38 mm 0 mm 449 mm 60 mm 0 mm
(882 lb) (14.2 in) (-1.5 in) (0 in) (17.7 in) (2.7 in) (0 in)
Light Material Bucket 1500 L (53 ft³), 539 kg 591 mm -444 mm 0 mm 683 mm -331 mm 0 mm
without bolt-on edge (1188 lb) (23.3 in) (-17.5 in) (0 in) (26.9 in) (-13.0 in) (0 in)
without bolt-on edge (1422 lb) (24.2 in) (-16.3 in) (0 in) (28.3 in) (-11.4 in) (0 in)
with bolt-on edge (1276 lb) (25.7 in) (-18 in) (0 in) (26.9 in) (-13.0 in) (0 in)
with bolt-on edge (1519 lb) (26.5 in) (-16.5 in) (0 in) (28.3 in) (-11.4 in) (0 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
110 of 270
Grapple Bucket And Fork Grapple
Serial Plate Location Operation & Maintenance Manual
Figure 128
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112
P133147
• Bucket Grapple, welded, 2,2 m (86.6 in)
This Bobcat attachment requires a specific Operation &
• Bucket Grapple, forged, 2,2 m (86.6 in) Maintenance Manual. It is a part of your product and can
be stored in a container provided on the attachment or in
Figure 129 the Bobcat product.
The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the

attachment gives operating information as well as routine
maintenance and service procedures. Refer to the
Attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual before
use.
The appropriate load charts for the approved

combination machine / attachment are available in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual.
S38395
Manure fork grapple 2,1 m (83 in) [Figure 129]
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
111 of 270
Bale Handler With Tine / Tube
Figure 130
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112
NA9979
• Bale handler with tubes 1,6 m (63 in) Maintenance Manual. It is a part of your product and can
• Bale handler with tubes 1,8 m (71 in) the Bobcat product.
Figure 131 The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the
use.

S38392
• Bale handler with tines 1 m (39 in)
• Bale handler with tines 1,4 m (55 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
112 of 270
Side Shift Carriage
Figure 132
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112
NA13145
Side Shift Carriage 200 mm (7.9 in) [Figure 128].
Maintenance Manual. It is a part of your product and can
the Bobcat product.
The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the

use.

TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
113 of 270
Pallet Forks Figure 135
Serial Plate Location
Figure 133
NA15559
Floating pallet forks 1,5 m (59 in) [Figure 135].

S38977
Inspection Before Use
Rigid pallet forks FEM III [Figure 133]. The maximum load to be carried when using a Pallet
Fork is shown on a decal located on the attachment
Figure 134 serial number plate.
NOTE: If an attachment is composed of several parts

which are equipped with a serial number
plate, the maximum load of the attachment
will be the lowest one displayed on the serial
number plates.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about Pallet

Fork inspection, maintenance and replacement. See your
Bobcat dealer for RLC when using a Pallet Fork and for
other available attachments.
Load Charts
NA15561 (See Load Capacity Charts on Page 142.) for more

information on the RLC of the telescopic handler
equipped with a pallet fork.
Floating pallet forks 1,0 m (39 in) [Figure 134].
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112

TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
114 of 270
Pallet Forks (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 136
NA15562

X Y Z X Y Z
Floating Pallet Forks, 1,0 m (39 in), 254 kg 286 mm -434 mm 0 mm 711 mm -276 mm 0 mm
Quick-Tach (560 lb) (11.3 in) (-17.1 in) (0 in) (28 in) (-10.9 in) (0 in)
Quick-Tach (600 lb) (10.9 in) (-16.7 in) (0 in) (28 in) (-10.9 in) (0 in)
Rigid Pallet Forks, without guard, Quick- 300 kg 247 mm -522 mm 3 mm 700 mm -344 mm 0 mm
Tach (661 lb) (9.7 in) (-20.6 in) (0 in) (27.6 in) (-13.5 in) (0 in)
Rigid Pallet Forks, with guard, Quick- 325 kg 239 mm -476 mm 0 mm 700 mm -344 mm 0 mm
Mani-Tach (546 lb) (7.8 in) (-14.7 in) (0 in) (25.5 in) (-13.4 in) (0 in)
Mani-Tach (591 lb) (7.5 in) (-14.1 in) (0 in) (25.5 in) (-13.4 in) (0 in)
Rigid Pallet Forks, without guard, Mani- 271 kg 159 mm -465 mm 3 mm 713 mm -210 mm 0 mm
Rigid Pallet Forks, with guard, Mani- 296 kg 165 mm -411 mm 3 mm 713 mm -210 mm 0 mm
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
115 of 270
Pallet Forks (Cont’d)
Mass Properties (Cont’d)
Figure 137
NA15091

X Y Z X Y Z
Floating Pallet Forks, J-Tach, 150 kg 281 mm -337 mm 0 mm 583 mm -20 mm 0 mm
load at 500 mm (19.7 in) (331 lb) (11.1 in) (-13.3 in) (0 in) (23 in) (-0.8 in) (0 in)
Figure 138
NA18202

X Y Z X Y Z
Floating Pallet Forks, Mer-Tach, 174 kg 275,7 mm 120,5 mm 0 mm 500 mm 500 mm 0 mm
load at 500 mm (19.7 in) (384 lb) (10.9 in) (4.7 in) (0 in) (19.7 in) (19.7 in) (0 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
116 of 270
Round Bale Spike
Serial Plate Location
Figure 139 • MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL

• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
S38976 • MICHELIN 400/70R24 152A8/152B IND TL XMCL
Round bale spike [Figure 139]. • ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
Load Chart • with floating pallet forks.
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112


equipped with bale spike:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4
7320752_0
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4
• DUNLOP 405/70 R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9 Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of
• with inflation pressure of 450 kPa (4,50 bar) (65 psi). ISO 22915.
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
117 of 270
Round Bale Spike (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 140
NA13827

X Y Z X Y Z
Pallet Fork frame equipped with two 205 kg 131 mm -424 mm 0 mm 1174 mm -746 mm 0 mm
round bale spikes, Quick-Tach (451.9 lb) (5.2 in) (-16.7 in) (0 in) (46.2 in) (-29.4 in) (0 in)
Pallet Fork frame equipped with two 175 kg 74 mm -331 mm 0 mm 958 mm -924 mm 0 mm
round bale spikes, Mani-Tach (386 lb) (2.9 in) (-13.0 in) (0 in) (37.7 in) (-36.4 in) (0 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
118 of 270
Jib
EC Declaration Of Conformity
Declaration of Conformity
for Interchangeable Equipment
Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of The Council
"Machinery Directive Article 1(1)(b)"
Manufacturer Equipment Also Compliant to Other EC

Directive(s) or Standard(s) Listed Below:
Bobcat France
Route de Nantes
B.P. 71
44160 Pontchateau
FRANCE
Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.
U Kodetky 1810
26312 DobĜíš
Czech Republic
Description of Equipment
Type of Interchangeable Equipment: Jib

Model Name: Long JIB 3.7M
Jib 4.T MT Jib 4.T QT
Model Code: 0.7T QT
ATSR00101 & B38F00101 & B39J00101 &
Lot Series: above above above
This equipment conforms to the requirements of an interchangeable equipment as specified in Machinery Directive
2006/42/EC Article1(1)(b) and any other directives listed. This declaration applies exclusively to the interchangeable
equipment and does not include any hydraulic, electrical or mechanical adaptation done by the installer. Installation shall be
done in accordance with instructions and specifications included in this manual.
Authorized Signatory and Place of Declaration
Date: 1 *ULY 201

Place: Pontchateau, France
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
119 of 270
Jib (Cont’d)
Serial Plate Location Inspection Before Use
Figure 141 In addition to the daily inspection of the telescopic

handler:
• Check safety decals are in good conditions. Replace

if damaged.
• Inspect cotter pins installation. Replace if damaged.
• Check lifting hook rotates freely. Lubricate as needed.
• Check lifting hook safety tab is intact and positions

itself correctly.
• Inspect lifting hook condition. Replace if worn or

damaged.
EM9746
• Inspect jib frame for cracks or deformation. Replace
Jib 0,7 m / 4300 kg (28 in / 9480 lb) [Figure 141]. complete jib if damaged.
The maximum load to be carried when using a Jib is

shown on a decal located on the attachment serial
number plate.
Never carry hot or corrosive products with a jib.
NOTE: If an attachment is composed of several parts

which are equipped with a serial number
plate, the maximum load of the attachment
will be the lowest one displayed on the serial
number plates.
Static Test
A static strength test has been successfully performed on

the jib using a load coefficient of 1,5.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
120 of 270
Jib (Cont’d)
Load Chart
WARNING
W-2928-EN-1112


equipped with jib:
• CAMSO 405/70-20/14 PR TM R4
• CAMSO 405/70-20/16 PR TM R4
• with floating pallet forks. 7296691_0

• with floating pallet forks. Complies with stability tests of the relevant parts of
• MICHELIN 400/R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD ISO 22915.
• ALLIANCE 400/R20 149A8 A 580
• CAMSO 400/80-24/20 PR TM R4
• ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
121 of 270
Jib (Cont’d)
Mass Properties
Figure 142
NA13829
CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF
CENTRE OF GRAVITY OF LOAD
ATTACHMENT MASS ATTACHMENT
X Y Z X Y Z
Jib 0,7 m (28 in), Quick-Tach 177 kg 234 mm -280 mm (- 0 mm 686 mm -707 mm 0 mm
(390 lb) (9.2 in) 11 in) (0 in) (27.0 in) (27.8 in) (0 in)
Jib 0,7 m (28 in), Mani-Tach 153 kg 261 mm -135 mm (- 0 mm 686 mm -554 mm 0 mm
(337 lb) (10.3 in) 5.3 in) (0 in) (27.0 in) (21.8 in) (0 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
122 of 270
Jib (Cont’d)
Procedure
Suspended loads have a dynamic and therefore

unpredictable effect on the telescopic handler’s stability. WARNING
External working conditions such as the wind speed
increase the dynamic and unpredictable effect. OVERLOAD CAN CAUSE TIPPING OR ROLLOVER
Follow the procedure below when operating a suspended AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
load. • Always use and follow the Rated Load Capacity
chart provided. Each machine has its own chart.
The lifting device is intended to handle vertical pull loads. • DO NOT exceed the Rated Load Capacity.
With the jib, do not carry out horizontal pull and side-pull. W-2995-1215
Carry or place special loads with the lifting device or

attachment intended for this type of use. During Travelling
• Move the machine with boom fully retracted and load

If the suspended load or the resulting boom geometry
as close as possible to the ground (transport
block the visibility, alternative carrying means must be
position). The load should not be suspended higher
considered.
than 500 mm (20 in) above the ground when
travelling.
The operator must know the wind speed. Do not use the
telescopic handler with wind speeds over 12,5 m/s
• The telescopic handler should travel at speeds
(28 mph).
appropriate to the ground and load conditions, or not
greater than 0,4 m/s (0.9 mph) when carrying
Contact your Bobcat dealer for details on applications.
suspended loads.
Load Handling
• Do not use any controls to reposition the load. Come
to a gradual and complete stop before attempting to
When using a jib with a load suspended from the hook:
reposition the load.
• Check that the jib is properly attached and locked to
the attachment carrier. • Avoid crossing, climbing or descending inclines when
travelling with a suspended load.
• Do not operate the machine while people are under
the suspended load. • During starting, travelling, turning and stopping, avoid
jerky movements and load oscillations.
• Operate on firm ground.
• When travelling, the lateral and longitudinal attitude
• Always keep lifting hook vertically aligned above the must be horizontal.
gravity center of the load.
• Move the lifting hook and machine slowly. During

picking, loading and unloading, avoid jerky
movements and load oscillations.
• Move the machine with boom fully retracted and load

as close as possible to the ground (transport
position).
• Never shock or abruptly place loads.
• When stationary, always keep the machine frame

levelled. The lateral attitude must not exceed 1% and
the longitudinal attitude must not exceed 5%.
NOTE: Do not carry or place roof trusses with the jib.
NOTE: Do not carry hot or corrosive products.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
123 of 270
Jib (Cont’d)
Picking Up A Load From The Ground
1. Fully retract and lower the boom and move the 6. Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit
machine as close as possible to the load. the cab. Remove the lifting hook from the lifting point
of the load. Always turn off the engine to avoid
2. Position the lifting hook vertically aligned above the
involuntary hazardous movements; mainly when a
load and lower it slowly as close as possible to the
lifting point of the load. second operator is present to install the lifting hook to
the lifting point of the load.
3. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and
make sure the parking brake is engaged. 7. Return the boom to the transport position by raising,
retracting and lowering it.
4. Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit
the cab. Install the lifting hook to the lifting point of the Picking Up A Raised Load
load. Check that the lifting gear is hanging freely and
is not twisted or knotted. Always turn off the engine to 1. Fully retracted and lower the boom. Move the
avoid involuntary hazardous movements; mainly machine as close as possible to the load.
when a second operator is present to install the lifting
hook to the lifting point of the load. 2. Park the machine on level ground.
5. Go back to operating position in the cab and start the 3. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and
engine. make sure the parking brake is engaged.
6. Slightly lift the load from the ground by raising the 4. Raise and extend the boom to position the lifting hook
boom. The machine is then in the transport position. vertically aligned above the load and lower it slowly as
close as possible to the lifting point of the load.
In case of travelling with the suspended load.
5. Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit
• If applicable, turn off the engine and remove the the cab. Install the lifting hook to the lifting point of the
ignition key. Exit the cab. Install the additional lifting load. Check that the lifting gear is hanging freely and
device (wire, cable) to secure the load to the machine is not twisted or knotted. Always turn off the engine to
lifting or towing points. It will reduce the load avoid involuntary hazardous movements, mainly
movement during the travel. when a second operator is present to install the load.
6. Slightly lift the load by raising the boom.
Placing A Raised Load
7. Bring the load to transport position by fully retracting
1. With the machine in transport position, move the the boom and lowering the load as close as possible
machine as close as possible to the base of the area to the ground.
where to place the load.
NOTE: Do not carry hot or corrosive products.
2. Park the machine on level ground.

make sure the parking brake is engaged.
In case of travelling with the suspended load:
• Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key. Exit
the cab. Remove the additional lifting device (wire,
cable) to secure the load to the machine lifting or
towing points.
• Go back to operating position in the cab and start the

engine.
4. Raise and extend the boom to move the load above

the area where to place the load.
5. Position the load horizontally and place it on the area

by lowering and retracting the boom.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
124 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual Lock)
Figure 144
WARNING 2 3

approved by Bobcat. Buckets and attachments for
safe loads of specified densities are approved for
each model. Read and understand the Load Capacity
Charts for the attachment you are using. Unapproved
attachments can cause serious injury or death. 3
W-2392-0301

1
are used on the telescopic handler.
P119422
handler, the attachments and buckets approved by
Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for Position the telescopic handler so that the attachment
Rated Load Capacity and for secure fastening to the carrier (Item 1) is parallel to the attachment tube (Item 2)
telescopic handler. Contact your Bobcat dealer for more [Figure 144]. Drive the telescopic handler forward until
information if your attachment is not illustrated in your the attachment carrier is at a distance of about 1 m (3 ft)
machine’s Load Capacity Charts. from the attachment.
Installing Tilt the attachment carrier (Item 1) forward until the two
hooks (Item 3) are lower than the attachment tube
Figure 143 (Item 2) [Figure 144].
Figure 145
1
2
P119421
P119423
Remove the locking bar safety pin (Item 1), and remove
the locking bar (Item 2) [Figure 143] from the attachment
carrier. Drive forward until the two hooks (Item 1) are right below
the attachment tube (Item 2) [Figure 145].
Enter the telescopic handler and perform the PRE-
STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING Engage the attachment tube (Item 2) in the two hooks
PROCEDURE on Page 92.) Start the engine. (See (Item 1) [Figure 145] by raising the boom; tilt the
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 97.) Lower and retract attachment carrier backward if necessary.
the boom.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
125 of 270
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 147
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual

Lock) (Cont’d)
Installing (Cont’d)
Figure 146
1
P119500
Fully insert the locking bar (Item 1) through the holes in

the attachment and the attachment carrier. Install the
safety pin (Item 2) [Figure 147] into the locking bar.
P119499 Make sure the locking bar (Item 1) [Figure 147] extends
through the holes on both sides of the attachment and
the attachment carrier. Make sure the attachment is
When the attachment tube is properly engaged in the two securely fastened.
hooks and the attachment is no longer touching the
ground, tilt the attachment carrier fully backward Install attachment electrical harness and hydraulic lines,
[Figure 146]. if applicable, on the telescopic handler and the
attachment carrier.
Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL. (See Travel
Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is
engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.) Stop the
engine and exit the telescopic handler. (See STOPPING
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC
HANDLER on Page 102.)
WARNING
in neutral.
on the ground.
W-2907-0211
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
126 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Manual Lock) (Cont’d)
Removing Tilt the attachment carrier forward until the attachment

tube is disengaged. Move the telescopic handler
Lower the boom and put the attachment flat on the backward away from the attachment.
ground.
NOTE: In muddy conditions or to prevent the Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is
attachment from freezing to the ground, put engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.) Stop the
the attachment on planks or blocks before engine and exit the telescopic handler. (See STOPPING
removing it from the machine. THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC
Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is Figure 149
WARNING
1
in neutral.
• Engage the parking brake. 2
P119421
on the ground.
Fully insert the locking bar (Item 2) into the holes in the
W-2907-0211
attachment carrier. Install the safety pin (Item 1)
[Figure 149] into the locking bar.
Figure 148
2
P119500
Disconnect attachment electrical harness and hydraulic

lines, if applicable, from the telescopic handler. Remove
the safety pin (Item 1), and remove the locking bar

STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 97.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
127 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Installing

Lock)
Follow the procedure below if this machine is equipped STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING
with the option for hydraulic locking of attachments. PROCEDURE on Page 92.) Start the engine. (See
STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 97.) Lower and retract
the boom.
WARNING Figure 150
2 3
attachments can cause serious injury or death.
W-2392-0301
3

1
handler, the attachments and buckets approved by P119749
Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for
Rated Load Capacity and for secure fastening to the
telescopic handler. Contact your Bobcat dealer for more Position the telescopic handler so that the attachment
information if your attachment is not illustrated on your carrier (Item 1) is parallel to the attachment tube (Item 2)
machine’s Load Capacity Charts. [Figure 150]. Drive the telescopic handler forward until
the attachment carrier is at a distance of about 1 m (3 ft)
from the attachment.
Tilt the attachment carrier (Item 1) forward until the two

hooks (Item 3) are lower than the attachment tube
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
128 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Lock) (Cont’d)
Figure 151 Engage the attachment tube (Item 3) in the two hooks
(Item 2) [Figure 152] by raising the boom; tilt the
attachment carrier backward if necessary.
When the attachment tube (Item 3) is properly engaged

in the two hooks (Item 2) [Figure 152] and the
attachment is no longer touching the ground, tilt the
attachment carrier fully backward.
Release the switch (Item 1) [Figure 151], the locking

pins (Item 1) [Figure 152] will extend automatically.

1
P135533 engine and exit the telescopic handler. (See STOPPING
Push and hold the top of the Hydraulic Quick-Tach switch
(Item 1) [Figure 151] to retract the locking pins (Item 1) Make sure the locking pins (Item 1) [Figure 152] extend
[Figure 152] on the attachment carrier. through the holes of the attachment carrier.
Make sure that the attachment is securely fastened.
WARNING
Before you exit the operator’s position: WARNING
in neutral. FAILURE TO FULLY ENGAGE LOCKING PINS CAN
• Engage the parking brake. CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat Locking pins must extend through the holes in the
on the ground. attachment mounting frame. Failure to engage
• Stop the engine. locking pins can allow attachment to come off.
W-2907-0211 W-2913-0211
Figure 152 Install attachment electrical harness and hydraulic lines

(if equipped) on the telescopic handler and the
2 attachment carrier.
P119750
Drive forward until the two hooks (Item 2) are right below
the attachment tube (Item 3) [Figure 152].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
129 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Lock) (Cont’d)
Removing
Lower the boom and put the attachment flat on the

ground.
NOTE: In muddy conditions or to prevent the WARNING

attachment from freezing to the ground, put
the attachment on planks or blocks before Before you exit the operator’s position:
removing it from the machine. • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
in neutral.
Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL. (See Travel • Engage the parking brake.
Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.) Stop the on the ground.
engine and exit the telescopic handler. (See STOPPING • Stop the engine.
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC W-2907-0211
Disconnect attachment electrical harness and hydraulic

lines, if applicable, from the telescopic handler.

Figure 153
1
P135533
Push and hold the Hydraulic Quick-Tach switch (Item 1)

[Figure 153] to retract the locking pins on the attachment
carrier.
Tilt the attachment carrier forward until the attachment

tube is disengaged. Move the telescopic handler
backward away from the attachment.
Release the Hydraulic Quick-Tach switch (Item 1)

[Figure 153] to extend the locking pins.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
130 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Mer-Tach Installing

Attachment Carrier)
with the Mer-Tach attachment carrier. PROCEDURE on Page 92.) Start the engine. (See
Attachments that are secured with a locking pin need the boom.
adjustment for secure fit on your machine before first
operation. Contact your Bobcat dealer to perform this Figure 154
adjustment.
3
2
WARNING
W-2392-0301
1
P144751
Position the telescopic handler so that the attachment
The dealer can identify, for each model telescopic carrier (Item 1) is parallel to the attachment hooks
handler, the attachments and buckets approved by (Item 2) [Figure 154]. Drive the telescopic handler
Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for forward until the attachment carrier is at a distance of
Rated Load Capacity and for secure fastening to the about 1 m (3 ft) from the attachment.
telescopic handler. Contact your Bobcat dealer for more
information if your attachment is not illustrated on your Tilt the attachment carrier (Item 1) forward until the
machine’s Load Capacity Charts. carrier bar (Item 3) is lower than the two hooks (Item 2)
[Figure 154].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
131 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Mer-Tach Attachment Carrier) (Cont’d)
Figure 156
WARNING
LOWERING OF ATTACHMENT, FALLING LOADS OR
FALLING OFF ATTACHMENT CAN CAUSE SERIOUS 2
INJURY OR DEATH
• Do not use as a manlift or work platform.
• No riders.
• Keep away from raised boom and attachment.
• Keep bystanders away.
W-2905-0211 1
Figure 155 P144749
2
Make sure that the attachment locking pad (Item 1) and
locking pin (Item 2) [Figure 156] are positioned correctly.
Figure 157
P144750
Drive forward or extend the boom until the carrier bar

(Item 1) is right below the two hooks (Item 2)
[Figure 155].
1
P135533
Engage the carrier bar (Item 1) in the two hooks (Item 2)
[Figure 155] by raising the boom; tilt the attachment
carrier backward if necessary. Push and hold the top of the Hydraulic Quick-Tach switch
(Item 1) [Figure 157] to retract the locking pin (Item 1)
When the carrier bar (Item 1) is properly engaged in the [Figure 156] on the attachment carrier.
two hooks (Item 2) [Figure 155] and the attachment is no
longer touching the ground, tilt the attachment carrier The attachment will drop into position.
fully backward.
Release the switch (Item 1) [Figure 157], the locking pin
(Item 1) [Figure 156] will extend automatically.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
132 of 270
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Mer-Tach Attachment Carrier) (Cont’d)
Installing (Cont’d) Removing
Figure 158 Lower the boom and put the attachment flat on the
ground.
NOTE: In muddy conditions or to prevent the

the attachment on planks or blocks before
removing it from the machine.
1
Figure 159
P144748
Raise the boom and tilt the attachment forward.
Make sure the locking pin (Item 1) [Figure 158] extends

through the hole of the attachment locking pad.
1
NOTE: If the locking pin and attachment locking pad P135533
do not align, contact your Bobcat dealer for
adjustment.
Push and hold the Hydraulic Quick-Tach switch (Item 1)
[Figure 159] to retract the locking pin on the attachment
carrier.
WARNING Tilt the attachment carrier forward until the carrier bar is
disengaged. Move the telescopic handler backward away
FAILURE TO FULLY ENGAGE LOCKING PINS CAN from the attachment.
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Locking pins must extend through the holes in the Release the Hydraulic Quick-Tach switch (Item 1)
attachment mounting frame. Failure to engage [Figure 159] to extend the locking pin.
locking pins can allow attachment to come off.
W-2913-0211
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
133 of 270
Installing And Removing The Pallet Forks (Mer-Tach Installing

Attachment Carrier)
with the Mer-Tach attachment carrier. PROCEDURE on Page 92.) Start the engine. (See
the boom.
WARNING Figure 160
2 3
W-2392-0301


handler, the attachments and buckets approved by 1 P144747
Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for
Rated Load Capacity and for secure fastening to the
telescopic handler. Contact your Bobcat dealer for more Position the telescopic handler so that the attachment
information if your attachment is not illustrated on your carrier (Item 1) is parallel to the attachment hooks
machine’s Load Capacity Charts. (Item 2) [Figure 160] on the pallet forks. Drive the
telescopic handler forward until the attachment carrier is
at a distance of about 1 m (3 ft) from the attachment.
Tilt the attachment carrier (Item 1) forward until the

carrier bar (Item 3) is lower than the two hooks (Item 2)
[Figure 160].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
134 of 270
Installing And Removing The Pallet Forks (Mer-Tach Attachment Carrier) (Cont’d)
WARNING WARNING
LOWERING OF ATTACHMENT, FALLING LOADS OR Before you exit the operator’s position:
FALLING OFF ATTACHMENT CAN CAUSE SERIOUS • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
INJURY OR DEATH in neutral.
• Do not use as a manlift or work platform. • Engage the parking brake.
• No riders. • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
• Keep away from raised boom and attachment. on the ground.
• Keep bystanders away. • Stop the engine.
W-2905-0211 W-2907-0211
Figure 161 Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL. (See Travel
2 engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.) Stop the
1
Figure 162
P144746
Drive forward or extend the boom until the carrier bar

(Item 1) is right below the two hooks (Item 2)
[Figure 161]. 1
Engage the carrier bar (Item 1) in the two hooks (Item 2) P144745
[Figure 161] by raising the boom; tilt the attachment
carrier backward if necessary.
Make sure that the two locking pins (Item 1) [Figure 162]
When the carrier bar (Item 1) is properly engaged in the are in horizontal position.
two hooks (Item 2) [Figure 161] and the attachment is no
longer touching the ground, tilt the attachment carrier NOTE: The locking pins must fall under their own
fully backward. weight. If not, lubricate with multi-purpose
lithium grease and check for proper
operation.
Make sure that the attachment is securely fastened.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
135 of 270
Installing And Removing The Pallet Forks (Mer-Tach Attachment Carrier) (Cont’d)
Removing
Lower the boom and put the attachment flat on the

ground.
NOTE: In muddy conditions or to prevent the

the attachment on planks or blocks before
removing it from the machine.
WARNING
in neutral.
on the ground.
W-2907-0211

Figure 163
P144744
Put the two locking pins (Item 1) [Figure 163] in vertical

position.

Tilt the attachment carrier forward until the carrier bar is

disengaged. Move the telescopic handler backward away
from the attachment.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
136 of 270
OPERATING PROCEDURE
Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC) Longitudinal Load Moment Controller (LLMC) Override
Mode
The LLMC limits the following movements when the
machine stability level is critical: Figure 165
• Lowering of the boom

• Extending the telescopic boom
• Forward tilt of attachment
• Backward tilt of attachment
• Auxiliary hydraulic functions.
Override Switch
Figure 164
7245982
Select LLMC override mode (position ‘I’) [Figure 165]

using the Override switch to temporarily override the
longitudinal load moment controller.
Figure 166
1
P126161
The Override switch (Item 1) [Figure 164] located in front 1

of the joystick allows to select the operating mode of the
machine.
P126147
The control indicator light (ORANGE) (Item 1)

[Figure 166] flashes when the LLMC override mode is
activated.
The switch returns to the original position as soon as the

switch is released and the LLMC becomes active again.
NOTE: The LLMC override mode should only be

enabled when necessary and is automatically
disabled after a running period of 60 seconds.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
137 of 270
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Inspect The Work Area Visibility During Operation
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for The operator has to operate the telescopic handler
unsafe conditions. according to the visibility diagram (See
SPECIFICATIONS on Page 243.) provided in the
Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have Operator & Maintenance Manual. In case a suspended
underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer, load or the boom prevents any visibility and creates a
irrigation, etc.) located and marked. Work slowly in areas substantial blockage, the operator has to consider
of underground utilities. alternative carrying means.
Remove objects or other construction material that could Operating Near An Edge Or Water
damage the telescopic handler or cause personal injury.
Keep telescopic handler as far back from the edge as
Always check ground conditions before starting your possible and the telescopic handler wheels perpendicular
work: to the edge so that if the edge collapses, the telescopic
handler can be moved back.
• Look for signs of instability such as cracks or
settlement. Always move the telescopic handler back at any
indication the edge can be unstable.
• Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground
stability. Operating On Slopes
• Check for adequate traction if working on a slope. Drive slowly and do not travel on excessive slopes.
Basic Operating Instructions
When operating on a public road or motorway, always WARNING

follow local regulations. For example: A slow moving
vehicle (SMV) sign, or direction signals can be required. TIPPING OR ROLLOVER CAN CAUSE
Run the engine at low idle speed to warm the engine and • Do not travel across or up slopes that are over 10
hydraulic system before operating the telescopic handler. degrees to the side, or 25 degrees to the front.
• Do not travel down or back up slopes that exceed
Noise at the operator position can be reduced by running 25 degrees.
the engine at low idle and closing the windows. • Keep boom as low as possible when travelling on
slopes or in rough conditions.
W-2908-EN-1112
IMPORTANT The above list of overturning hazards is not exhaustive.
Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed

and light load have longer life.
I-2015-0284
New operators must operate the telescopic handler in an

open area without bystanders. Operate the controls until
the telescopic handler can be handled at an efficient and
safe rate for all conditions of the work area.
NOTE: Solid tyres and water filled tyres are not

authorised on these machines. Only tyres
recommended in this Operation &
Maintenance Manual are approved. Use of
non approved tyres will void the warranty.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
138 of 270
Basic Operating Instructions (Cont’d)
Road Position
When travelling on the road, observe the recommended

road position for the following attachments:
Figure 167
NA15564
1. Floating pallets forks: place the forks on back of guard

to avoid sharp edges in travel direction [Figure 167].
Figure 168
NA15028
2. 780 L (27.5 ft³) digging bucket: install bucket teeth

protection (Item 1) [Figure 168].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
139 of 270
Operating With A Full Bucket Operating With An Empty Bucket

WITH FULL BUCKET WITH EMPTY BUCKET
GOING UP A SLOPE EM8000

GOING UP A SLOPE EM8002

WITH FULL BUCKET WITH EMPTY BUCKET
GOING DOWN A SLOPE GOING DOWN A SLOPE

EM8001 EM8003
With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy With an empty bucket, go up or down the slope with the
end toward the top of the slope [Figure 169] and heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 171] and
[Figure 170]. [Figure 172].
WARNING
• Keep the boom as low as possible.
• Do not travel or turn with the boom up.
• Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning.
• Go up and down slopes, not across them.
• Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
• Do not overload the machine.
Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to
tip or rollover and cause injury or death.
W-2650-1112
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
140 of 270
Filling And Emptying The Bucket Emptying
Figure 175
WARNING A
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH C D

Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed the rated load capacity shown on the Load
Charts in the cab. Do not overfill the bucket to avoid B
the risk of falling objects. Failure to obey warnings
EM8006
can cause the machine to tip or rollover and cause
injury or death.
W-2651-0313 Keep the bucket low and the boom retracted when
moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket.
Filling
Raise the boom (B). If necessary, level the bucket (D)
NOTE: Always fully retract the boom during filling. To while raising the boom to help prevent material from
fill the bucket, the machine must be pushing falling off the bucket.
with the centre of the bucket.
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
Figure 173 truck box or bin.
Tilt the bucket all the way forward (D) to empty the
A bucket.
If all the material is near the side of the truck or bin, use
C D
the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
B
EM8004
Lower the bucket until it slightly touches the ground (A).
Tilt the bucket forward (D) until the cutting edge of the
bucket is on the ground.
Figure 174
C D
B
EM8005
Drive slowly forward into the material.
Lift the boom (B) and tilt the bucket backward (C) all the
way when the bucket is full.
Drive backward away from the material.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
141 of 270
Digging And Filling A Hole
Digging Filling
NOTE: Always fully retract the boom during digging. Figure 178
Figure 176
A
A
C D
C D
B
B EM8009
EM8007
Lower the boom (A) and put the cutting edge of the
Lower the bucket until it slightly touches the ground (A). bucket on the ground (D). Drive forward to the edge of the
Put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (D). hole to push the material into the hole.
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down Tilt the bucket forward (D) as soon as it is past the edge
(D) until it enters the ground. of the hole.
Raise the cutting edge a small amount (C) to increase If necessary, raise the boom to empty the bucket.
traction and keep an even digging depth.
Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the

ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge of the
bucket (D) while driving forward slowly.
Figure 177
C D
EM8008
Tilt the bucket backward (C) as far as it will go when the

bucket is full.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
142 of 270
Raising A Load And Extending The Boom
Perform the pre-starting procedure before using the Place the load, then retract and lower the boom.
telescopic handler. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
on Page 92.) Slowly move the machine backward.
Figure 179
1
WARNING
CRUSH HAZARD CAN CAUSE
• Never go under or reach under raised load.
• Never move a load over other personnel.
W-2851-0410
P126204
WARNING
Read and understand the load capacity charts (Item 1) Check area to be excavated for overhead or
[Figure 179] to learn the Rated Load Capacity at underground electrical power lines. Keep a safe
different extension and heights of the telescoping boom. distance from electrical power lines.
VOLTAGE MINIMUM DISTANCE
NOTE: Use only attachments that are approved for
this machine. All approved attachments must up to 50 kV 3 m (10 ft)
be shown in the load capacity charts. Contact beyond 50 kV 5 m (17 ft)
your dealer if an approved attachment is not W-2757-EN-0513
illustrated in the charts.
NOTE: Use only approved tyres at correct pressure

for this machine. All four tyres must be the
same type.
Move the telescopic handler to the load to be lifted.
Make sure that the telescopic handler is on level ground.

(See Sight Level Gauge on Page 56.)
Be sure the load is centred on the attachment. Fasten the

load to the attachment if load can shift.
Raise the boom slightly to clear the ground and tilt the
attachment back.
Start slowly and drive the telescopic handler with the load
as low as possible.
Stop the telescopic handler on flat, solid and level

ground. Put the Travel Direction Control in NEUTRAL and
make sure the parking brake is engaged before raising or
extending the boom.
Slowly raise and extend the boom to put the load in the
desired location. DO NOT DRIVE FORWARD WITH THE
LOAD RAISED.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
143 of 270
Load Capacity Charts
Figure 180
LE
P
A M Y
L
EX ON
7312833_0
Note that, when the boom is fully retracted, the telescopic

handler will lift more weight than when extended.
Always lift the load first; then extend the boom as

needed, staying within the Rated Load Capacity for the
height and extension.
Place the load, then retract and lower the boom.
The load capacity charts are designed with the machine

on flat, level ground. If the machine is positioned up or
down a slope, the values of the load chart will no longer
be accurate. Always lift and extend the boom when the
machine is on flat, level and solid ground.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
144 of 270
Levelling The Ground Using Float (If Equipped)
Figure 181 NOTE: The float function can be activated under 35°
boom angle. The stability level must be in the
green LED area.
A
Boom angle lowering is limited at 7° per boom float
actuation. If the boom lowering movement is stopped
C D because the lowering angle was too high, release the
joystick and repeat the procedure.
B When Boom Float Icon light (Item 1) [Figure 182] is ON,

the Boom Float button (Item 1) and boom lowering
NA15496
command (Item 2) [Figure 183] can be released and the
float function will remain ON.
Lower the boom (A) until the bucket (or attachment) is flat
on the ground. This will allow the boom to float up and down following
the contour of the ground while driving the machine.
Figure 182
During float use, all boom functions, except for lift and
lowering movement, are usable (tilt, extend, auxiliary).
Lift the boom up (Item 3) or press again the Boom Float

button (Item 1) [Figure 183] to unlock the boom from the
float position.
P122919
Figure 183
3
P135522
Press and hold the Boom Float button (Item 1) and lower
the boom to the ground (Item 2) [Figure 183]. The Boom
Float Icon light (Item 1) [Figure 182] (on the display
panel) will start flashing and will be ON when the
attachment is on the ground.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
145 of 270
Handling Loads With Pallet Forks
Picking Up A Load From The Ground With Pallet Forks
EM8011 EM8013
1. Move the machine perpendicular to the load with the 3. Adjust the height of the pallet forks so that they can
boom fully retracted and the pallet forks parallel to the slide under the load [Figure 186].
ground [Figure 184].
4. Move the machine forward or extend the boom to
Figure 185 bring the heel of the pallet forks in contact with the
load [Figure 186].

Figure 187
EM8012
2. Adjust the pallet fork clearance and their centring in

relation to the load [Figure 185].
EM8014
6. Raise the boom so that the ground clearance under

the pallet forks is approximately 300 mm (12 in), tilt
the forks fully backward and retract the boom fully.
The machine is now in transport position
[Figure 187].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
146 of 270
Handling Loads With Pallet Forks (Cont’d)
Placing A Load On The Ground With Pallet Forks
EM8019 EM8021
1. Move the load into the position where it is to be placed 4. Move the machine back in order to release the pallet
[Figure 188]. forks from the load completely [Figure 190].
EM8020 EM8022
2. Tilt the pallet forks into a position parallel to the 5. Return the boom and the pallet forks to the transport
ground [Figure 189]. position [Figure 191].
3. Lower the load until it is resting on the ground and the

pallet forks are no longer in contact with the load
[Figure 189].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
147 of 270
Picking Up A Raised Load With Pallet Forks Figure 194
1. Before starting this maneuver, make sure that the

pallet forks can easily slide under the load and that
their clearance and centring in relation to the load is
correct.
Figure 192
EM8017A
5. Raise the boom slightly and tilt the pallet forks

partially backward to stabilise the load [Figure 194].
6. Put the Travel Direction Control in REVERSE and

EM8015 release the parking brake.
Figure 195
2. Move the machine perpendicular to the load with the
pallet forks horizontal at the height of the load
[Figure 192].
Figure 193
EM8018A
7. Move the machine back as slowly as possible so as to

release the load on top of the stack, in such a way that
EM8016 the boom can be lowered without the load touching
the pile [Figure 195].
3. Move the machine forward as slowly as possible until 8. Retract the boom fully [Figure 195].
the heel of the pallet forks is in contact with the load
[Figure 193]. 9. Lower the boom until the ground clearance under the
pallet forks is approximately 300 mm (12 in), then tilt
4. Put the Travel Direction Control into NEUTRAL and the forks fully backward. The machine is now in
make sure the parking brake is engaged. transport position [Figure 195].
WARNING
CRUSH HAZARD CAN CAUSE
• Never go under or reach under raised load.
• Never move a load over other personnel.
W-2851-0410
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
148 of 270
Placing A Raised Load With Pallet Forks
EM8023 EM8025A
1. With the machine in transport position, move the load 4. Tilt the load into a horizontal position [Figure 198].
closer to the stack and into the position where it is to
be placed [Figure 196]. 5. Place the load down on the stack by lowering and
retracting the boom [Figure 198].
Figure 197
6. Once the load has been placed down, release the
pallet forks so that they are no longer in contact with
the load using short, successive boom lowering and
retracting maneuvers.
7. Put the Travel Direction Control in REVERSE and

release the parking brake.
8. Move the machine back as slowly as possible so as to

release the pallet forks from the load completely
[Figure 198].
EM8024A
Figure 199
2. Raise the boom, then extend it to place the load

above the stack. If necessary, move the machine
forward [Figure 197].

EM8026
9. Return the boom and forks to transport position

[Figure 199].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
149 of 270
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
Procedure
The telescopic handler can be towed a short distance Figure 201

such as removing it from mud or loading onto a transport
vehicle. ACTIVE POSITION RELEASED POSITION
Tow the telescopic handler at a slow speed, not 1 2

exceeding 5 km/h (3 mph). Do not tow the machine for 3
more than 3 minutes.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED MACHINE MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
P-68946
• Block wheels to prevent roll away before
adjusting screws to bypass the park brake After removing the spacers (Item 1), evenly tighten the
system. front and rear bolts (Item 2) to hold the parking brake
• Return adjustment screws to the operating piston (Item 3) [Figure 201] in the released position.
position before operating the machine.
W-2808-0909
The brakes are now released for towing the machine.
Block the wheels to prevent the machine from rolling. NOTE: The parking brake will not work until the
adjustment screw is returned to the original
Disengaging The Parking Brake position.
The brakes are engaged by spring pressure and released

by hydraulic pressure. The parking brake must be
released manually before towing. Only the front axle has
brakes.
The following procedure describes how to release the

brakes:
Figure 200
P119137
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) (the bolts and spacers are
located on both the front and rear side of the front axle)
until the slotted spacers (Item 2) [Figure 200] can be
removed from under the bolt heads.
Remove the spacers (Item 2) [Figure 200] and save for

reuse.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
150 of 270
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D) Figure 203
Procedure (Cont’d) TL30.70(D)(H)A
Disengaging The Transmission 1
NOTE: Use service wrench 10 and 22 to perform this

procedure. Depending on your local
regulation these tools can be available in the
net or container behind the seat.
1
Figure 202
1
P128051
2
TL30.70(D)(H)B
P125203
For models TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)B, loosen

the two bolts (Item 1) and remove the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 202] from the front side of the engine bay P125403
assembly.
Locate the two identical multi-function valves (Item 1)
[Figure 203] on the hydrostatic transmission pump.
Loosen the valves (Item 1) [Figure 203] by turning them

maximum three times anticlockwise.
NOTE: Do not turn more than three times. This can

result in leakage.
This action will bypass the oil flow of the hydrostatic

transmission.
Tow the telescopic handler at a slow speed, not

exceeding 5 km/h (3 mph). Do not tow the machine for
more than three minutes.
WARNING
adjusting screws to bypass the park brake
system.
• Return adjustment screws to the operating
W-2808-0909
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
151 of 270
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D)
Procedure (Cont’d)
Engaging The Transmission Engaging The Parking Brake
Figure 204
WARNING
2
adjusting screws to bypass the park brake
system.
• Return adjustment screws to the operating 1
W-2808-0909
P119137
After towing is completed, block the wheels to prevent the
machine from rolling.
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) until the spacers (Item 2)
For models TL30.70(D)(H)B, loosen the two bolts (Item [Figure 204] can be installed under the bolt heads (the
1) and remove the cover (Item 2) [Figure 202] from the bolts and spacers are located on both the front and rear
front side of the engine bay assembly. side of front axle).
Tighten the valves (Item 1) [Figure 203] to 70 N•m (52 ft- Figure 205
lb) torque to re-engage the hydrostatic transmission.
ACTIVE POSITION RELEASED POSITION
Install the cover (Item 2) [Figure 202].
1
3
Engage the parking brake. (See Engaging The Parking
Brake on Page 150.)
2
P-68946
Evenly tighten the front and rear bolts (Item 1) to hold the
spacers (Item 2) [Figure 204] and [Figure 205].
Tighten the bolts to 95 - 115 N•m (70 - 85 ft-lb) torque.
This will allow the park brake piston (Item 3) [Figure 205]
to be active again.
Engage the parking brake (See PARKING BRAKE on
Page 71.) and make sure it functions correctly.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
152 of 270
TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D)
Towing Points Retrieval Point
1 1
P119102 P119102
Figure 207 Use the front hitch (Item 1) [Figure 208] for retrieval of
machine out of a hole or a ditch.
NOTE: The retrieval point is rated for 1,5 times mass

of the machine.
1
NOTE: Keep traction within an angle of 20° with the
longitudinal axis.
P119103
Use the two front transportation fastening points (Item 1)

[Figure 206] and [Figure 207] for towing.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
153 of 270
LIFTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
Procedure
NOTE: Be sure to attach the Lift hooks to the Lifting

points on the frame, not the boom.
WARNING Take into account the position of the machine’s centre of
gravity. (See Lifting on Page 258.)
• Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2160-0910
Before lifting: Remove all attachments, lower boom fully,

position wheels straight forward and stop the machine.
Inspect visually the lifting points. If there are signs of

damage or overloading, do not transport the machine.
Remove the wheel wedge.
Attach the lift hooks to the following lifting points (Items 1)

[Figure 209] and [Figure 210]:
Figure 209
1
1
P122227
Figure 210
1
1
P122228
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
154 of 270
TRANSPORTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER ON A TRAILER
Loading And Unloading Fastening
4 3
2
1 1
1 P131958 NA13759
The telescopic handler must be loaded backward on the Fasten the telescopic handler to the transport vehicle to
trailer. prevent it from moving during sudden stops or when
going up or down slopes.
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported
(Item 1) [Figure 211] when loading or unloading the • Block the wheels (Item 1) [Figure 212].
telescopic handler to prevent the front end of the trailer
from raising up. • Use chains to fasten the machine frame to the
transport vehicle (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 212]. Use
Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of chain binders to tighten the chains. (See Tie Down on
adequate size and capacity. For the weight of the Page 259.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) telescopic handler,
(See Weights on Page 247.) • Attach the forks or bucket attachment to the transport
vehicle (Item 4) [Figure 212].
Be sure that the contact areas with machine tyres are
clean and free from ice, snow, and other slippery
materials.
Inspect visually the tie-down points. If there are signs of

damage or overloading, do not transport the machine.
WARNING
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury.
W-2058-0807
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
155 of 270
TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
This machine can be equipped with a rear hitch or Figure 213

hydraulic hook for towing.
NOTE: Make sure the telescopic handler and rear

hitch or hydraulic hook have sufficient towing
capabilities. (See Performance on Page 247.)
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Applications And

Capacities
The hitches and hydraulic hooks listed below are

designed to meet the directive 2009/144/EC for use on all
approved applications described in the Operation &
Maintenance manual of your Bobcat telescopic handler.
Bobcat trailer coupling is approved to be used at the NA9727

maximum speed reached by your telescopic handler
machine. (See Performance on Page 247.)
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
PERMITTED PERMITTED
PERMITTED
TRAILER MASS TRAILER MASS
MODEL EC TYPE-APPROVAL VERTICAL
for machine with for machine
LOAD @ max
trailer brake without trailer
speed (kg / lb)
(kg / lb) brake (kg / lb)
Basic Tow Hitch e1*2009/144*2013/15*0656*00 200 / 440 3500 / 7710 3500 / 7710
Rotating Tow Hitch e1*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00427 400 / 880 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
Rotating Tow Hitch e1*2015/208*2015/208ND*00152*00 400 / 880 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
with height adjustment + e1*2009/144*2013/8*0379*02
(auto-lock)
Rotating Tow Hitch e1*2015/208*2015/208ND*00155*00 400 / 880 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
with height adjustment + e1*2009/144*2013/8*0379*02
(manual locking)
Hydraulic Pick-up Tow e1*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00443*00 400 / 880 17000 / 37470 3500 / 7710
Hitch
Pintle Tow Hitch CUNA NC 138-40 CAT.II DGM47798 400 / 880 3500 / 7710 3500 / 7710
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Installation Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Inspection Before
Use
The rear hitch and hydraulic hook can only be installed at
standard available fixation points of your telescopic In addition to the daily inspection of the telescopic
handler. handler:
Contact your Bobcat Dealer for installation of a rear hitch • Check safety decals are in good condition. Replace if
or hydraulic hook on your Bobcat telescopic handler. damaged.
• Inspect cotter pins. Replace if damaged.
• Check the pins rotate freely. Lubricate as needed.
• Inspect towing hook condition. Replace if worn or

damaged.
• Inspect the draw bar condition. Replace if damaged.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
156 of 270
TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D)
Rear Hitch Description And Operation
For towing always use a drawbar eyes that meets the Rotating Tow Hitch
following certifications:
Figure 215
RECOMMENDED
MODEL TRAILER 1
COUPLING
Basic Tow Hitch ISO 5692-3 shape X
Rotating Tow Hitch ISO 5692-2
ISO 8755
ISO 1102
2
In horizontal position of tractor and trailer, the connecting
system (e.g. towing hook / drawbar eye) must be level to
the roadway (angle deviation compared to the horizontal
towards the top and below may not exceed 3 degrees) to
ensure that the customary swinging draw bar angle
between the connecting system is not impeded. 3 P122578
Basic Tow Hitch ITEM DESCRIPTION
Figure 214 1 ROTATING TOW HITCH

2 PIN
3 COTTER PIN
1
Operation
Remove the cotter pin (Item 3) from the hitch pin (Item 2)
[Figure 215].
Remove the hitch pin (Item 2) from the hitch (Item 1)

[Figure 215].
2
Install the towing hook or drawbar eye in the hitch
3 P122768
Install the hitch pin (Item 2) and secure with the cotter pin
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 BASIC TOW HITCH
2 HITCH PIN
3 COTTER PIN WARNING
Operation AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never enter the area between the telescopic handler
Remove the cotter pin (Item 3) from the hitch pin (Item 2) and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
[Figure 214]. Before entering the area between the telescopic
handler and the trail vehicle:
Remove the hitch pin (Item 2) from the hitch (Item 1) • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
[Figure 214]. in neutral.
Install the drawbar eye in the hitch (Item 1) [Figure 214]. • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
on the ground.
NOTE: Only use self-rotating drawbar eyes. • Stop the engine.
W-2960-0313
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
157 of 270
Rear Adjustable Hitch Description And Operation
For towing always use a drawbar eyes that meets the Operation
Make sure the lever (Item 4) is pulled forward toward the
telescopic handler and the hitch pin (Item 3) [Figure 216]
RECOMMENDED
is raised.
MODEL TRAILER
COUPLING Back up the telescopic handler into the trailer to install
Rotating Tow Hitch with height ISO 5692-2 the towing hook or drawbar eye in the hitch (Item 2)
adjustment (auto-lock) ISO 8755 [Figure 216].
(Manually adjustable drawbar ISO 1102
The hitch pin (Item 3) [Figure 216] automatically locks
coupler tow hitch)
the towing hook or drawbar eye.
Rotating Tow Hitch with height
adjustment (manual locking) NOTE: Pull the lever (Item 4) forward toward the
(Manually adjustable European telescopic handler to raise the hitch pin
drawbar coupler tow hitch) (Item 3) [Figure 216] and unlock the trailer.
In horizontal position of tractor and trailer, the procured

connecting system (e.g. towing hook / drawbar eye) must
be level to the roadway (angle deviation compared to the
horizontal towards the top and below may not exceed 3
WARNING
degrees) to ensure that the customary swinging draw bar
angle between the connecting system is not impeded. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Rotating Tow Hitch with height adjustment (auto-lock) and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
Before entering the area between the telescopic
Figure 216 handler and the trail vehicle:
5 in neutral.
1 • Retract and lower the boom and attachment flat
on the ground.
W-2960-0313
3 4
P122577
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 SUPPORT, HITCH
2 HITCH, AUTO
3 PIN
4 LEVER, HITCH PIN
5 LEVER, ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment
Use the lever (Item 5) to unlock the hitch (Item 2) from its
support (Item 1) [Figure 216] and adjust the height. Lock
the hitch.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
158 of 270
Rear Adjustable Hitch Description And Operation (Cont’d)
Rotating Tow Hitch with height adjustment (manual

locking)
Figure 217 WARNING

4 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
1 Before entering the area between the telescopic
3 • Put the Travel Direction Control and the Joystick
in neutral.
2 on the ground.
W-2960-0313
5
P122580
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 SUPPORT, HITCH
2 HITCH
3 PIN
4 LEVER
5 COTTER PIN
Adjustment
Use the lever (Item 4) to unlock the hitch (Item 2) from its
support (Item 1) [Figure 217] and adjust the height. Lock
the hitch.
Operation
Remove the cotter pin (Item 5) from the hitch pin (Item 3)
[Figure 217].
Remove the hitch pin (Item 3) from the hitch (Item 2)
[Figure 217].
Install the towing hook or drawbar eye in the hitch
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
159 of 270
Rear Hydraulic Hook Description And Operation Figure 219
For towing always use a drawbar eyes that meets the

RECOMMENDED
MODEL TRAILER
COUPLING 2
Hydraulic Pick-up Tow Hitch ISO 5692-1
(Hydraulically adjustable tow
hook)
In horizontal position of tractor and trailer, the procured

connecting system (e.g. towing hook / drawbar eye) must 1
be level to the roadway (angle deviation compared to the
P135533
horizontal towards the top and below may not exceed 3
degrees) to ensure that the customary swinging draw bar
angle between the procured connecting system is not Press the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 219] to
impeded. lower the hydraulic hook (Item 1) [Figure 218].
Hydraulic Pick-up Tow Hitch Back up the telescopic handler into the trailer to position
the hydraulic hook (Item 1) [Figure 218] under the towing
Figure 218 hook or drawbar eye.
Press the top of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 219] to raise

2 the hydraulic hook until it locks automatically. Move the
switch to centre position to disable the function.
5
4 3 WARNING
1 and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
P123109 handler and the trail vehicle:
ITEM DESCRIPTION in neutral.
1 HYDRAULIC HOOK • Engage the parking brake.
2 UNLOCK HANDLE
on the ground.
3 UNLOCK CABLE • Stop the engine.
4 SUPPORT, HITCH W-2960-0313
5 LOCK
Rear Hitch And Hydraulic Hook Maintenance
Operation
Lubricate the contact areas of the hitch pin and hitch.
Unlock the hydraulic hook (Item 1) by pulling the handle
(Item 2) [Figure 218]. Check the torque value of the mounting bolts. Torque
value should be 390 N•m (288 ft-lb).
Replace the hitch pin if damaged or exceeding the

abrasion limit (diameter < 26,5 mm [1.04 in]).
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
160 of 270
Connecting The Electrics
Figure 220
P125195
Connect the electrical cable (if equipped) from the trailer

to the 7-pin electrical plug (Item 1) [Figure 220] on the
telescopic handler.
NOTE: If the electrical cable is not connected to the

telescopic handler, the trailer brake lights will
not function.
WARNING
and the trail vehicle when operating the machine.
in neutral.
on the ground.
W-2960-0313
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
161 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
162 of 270
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Maintenance Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Inspection Checkbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
APPROVED BOOM STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Installing The Approved Boom Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Removing The Approved Boom Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
ENGINE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Cleaning And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Cab Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
A/C System Water Condensate Rubber Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Air Conditioning Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Replacing Filter Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) / ADBLUE® SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Avoiding Urea Crystallisation In The SCR System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Filling The DEF / AdBlue® Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Fuel Pre-Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
163 of 270
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Removing And Replacing The Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Fuses And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Removing And Installing The Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Fill / Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Checking And Adding Oil (Planetary Carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Removing And Replacing Oil (Planetary Carrier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Checking And Adding Oil (Rear Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Removing And Replacing Oil (Rear Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Checking And Adding Oil (Front Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Removing And Replacing Oil (Front Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Checking And Adding Oil (Reduction Box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Removing And Replacing Oil (Reduction Box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Belt Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Front Pads Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Rear Pads Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
ATTACHMENT CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
164 of 270
TELESCOPIC HANDLER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
165 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
166 of 270
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
CORRECT
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement,

means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety
is involved!” Carefully read the
message that follows.
P-90216
Never service the Bobcat telescopic
handler without instructions.
CORRECT WRONG WRONG
NA5428 NA5432 NA5433
Cleaning and maintenance are Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on telescopic
required daily. hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, handler with boom up unless
component or a part failure can boom is held by an approved
cause boom to drop. Do not go boom stop. Replace if damaged.
under boom when raised unless Never modify equipment or add
supported by an approved boom attachments not approved by
stop. Replace if damaged. Bobcat Company.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
NA5434 NA5436 B-6589
Have good ventilation when Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
welding or grinding painted away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
parts. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Wear dust mask when grinding exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
can be produced. from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
can kill without warning. Exhaust and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
system must be tightly sealed. are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
type of welding. and get immediate medical
attention.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/operator
without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance Manual must be
performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat replacement parts.
MSW43-EN-0211
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
167 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
168 of 270
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Maintenance Intervals
WARNING
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early Instructions are necessary before operating or
failures. servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
of the Bobcat telescopic handler. warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
During service, record: correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
• The machine operating hours. instructions can cause injury or death.
• Maintenance procedures that are performed. W-2003-0807
Every 10 Hours (Before Starting The Telescopic Handler)
• Engine Oil - Check level and add as needed. Do not overfill. Check engine for oil leaks. (See page 184.)
• Engine Air Filters and Air System - Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged components.
Empty dust extractor. (See page 177.)
• Engine Cooling System - Check oil cooler, radiator and air conditioner condenser. Check coolant level cold in
reservoir. Add premixed coolant as necessary. (See page 187.) Check cooling system for leaks.
• Exhaust System - Check exhaust system and exhaust aftertreatment components for leaks.
• Hydraulic Fluid - Check fluid level and add as needed. (See page 196.)
• Fuel Filter - Check display panel. Remove the trapped water. (See page 182.)
• Seat Belt - Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace seat belt retractors as needed. Clean dirt and debris
from moving parts. (See page 95.) and (See page 170.)
• Back-up Alarm - Check for proper function. Service as necessary. (See page 72 and page 174.)
• Service Brakes - Check for function. Service as necessary.
• Parking Brakes - Check for function. Adjust or service as necessary.
• Tyres - Check for wear or damage. Inflate to correct pressure. Be sure all tyres are inflated to the same pressure.
Use only approved tyres. (See page 208.)
• Wheel Nuts - Perform every 8 hours or daily for the first week, then as scheduled. Check for loose wheel nuts and
tighten to correct torque. (See page 208.)
• Safety Signs and Safety Treads and Mirrors - Check for damaged signs (decals), safety treads and mirrors.
Replace any signs, safety treads or mirrors that are damaged or worn. (See page 30.)
• Tilt Cylinder Rod End - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 210.)
• Attachment Carrier Pins - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 210.)
Every 50 Hours
• Fuel Filter - Replace filter element the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 182.)
• Engine Cooling System - Clean debris from radiator, air cooler, hydraulic fluid cooler, air conditioning condenser
(if equipped), and grid. (See page 187.)
• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Filter- Replace the filter element the first time, then as scheduled. Use a genuine
Bobcat filter. (See page 198.)
• Air Conditioning Belt (if equipped) - Check condition. Replace as needed. (See page 206.)
• Articulation Pins, Axle Oscillation (Front / Rear), Boom Pivot, Boom Cylinder, Self Levelling
(Compensation) Cylinder - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 210.)
• Telescopic Boom Wear Pads - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 210.)
• Hydraulic Hoses, Tubelines and Connections - Check for leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
• Harnesses - Check condition. Repair or replace as needed.
• Articulated Steering Links - Check for any damage or cuts on the rubber protection. Replace as needed.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
169 of 270
SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)
Maintenance Intervals (Cont’d)
Every 100 Hours
• LLMC System - Test the LLMC calibration the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 171.)
• Wheel Nuts - Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See page 208.)
• Planetary Carriers - Replace the fluid the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 200.)
• Axle and Differential Fluid- Replace the fluid the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 201 and page 202.)
• Reduction Box Fluid - Replace the fluid the first time, then as scheduled. (See page 203.)
Every 250 Hours Or Every 12 Months
• LLMC System - Test the LLMC calibration (See page 171.)

• Planetary Carriers - Check level. (See page 200.)
• Axle and Differential Fluid- Check level. (See page 201 and page 202.)
• Reduction Box Fluid - Check level. (See page 203.)
• Alternator Belt - Check belt tension. (See page 204.)
• Engine Air Filters and Air System - Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged components. (See
page 177.)
• Fuel Pre-Filter - Replace fuel pre-filter. (See page 181.)
• Fuel Filter - Replace fuel filter element. (See page 182.)
• Engine Oil and Filter - Replace oil and filter. (See page 185.)
• Engine Cooling System - Check coolant concentration (with a refractometer). Replace as needed. (See page 187.)
• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Filter - Replace the filter element. Use a genuine Bobcat filter. (See page 198.)
• Hydraulic Tank Breather - Replace the hydraulic tank breather. (See page 199.)
• Telescopic Boom Wear Pads - Check for wear. Replace as necessary.
• Service Brake Pedal Spring - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. (See page 210.)
• Cab Air Filter - Check filter condition. Check for damage. Clean or replace as necessary. (See page 175.)
• A/C System Water Condensate Rubber Valves - Clean the rubber valves. (See page 175.)
• Planetary Carriers - Replace the fluid. In case of severe duty, half fluid change intervals must be applied. (See
page 200.)
• Axle and Differential Fluid - Replace the fluid. In case of severe duty, half fluid change intervals must be applied.
(See page 201 and page 202.)
• Reduction Box Fluid - Replace the fluid. In case of severe duty, half fluid change intervals must be applied. (See
page 203.)
• Battery and Cable Connectors - Check voltage. Check terminals for good contact and presence of protective
grease. (See page 192.)
• Engine Mounts - Tighten. Replace if damaged.
• Engine Air Filter - Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged components. (See page 177.)
• Charge Air Cooler - Check entry area.
• Alternator Belt - Check condition. Replace as needed. (See page 205.)
• Hydraulic Fluid - Replace the fluid. (See page 197.)
• Fastenings, Hose Unions and Clips - Replace if damaged.
• Engine Valve Clearance - Check and adjust.
• Coolant - Replace the coolant. (See page 188.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
170 of 270
SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)
Maintenance Intervals (Cont’d)
• Alternator Belt - Replace the belt. (See page 205.)

• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) / AdBlue® Filter (if equipped) - Replace the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) / AdBlue®
filter. (See page 179.)
Inspection Checkbook
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.

Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures.
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance

of the Bobcat telescopic handler.
The Inspection Checkbook contains the following

information:
• Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Warranty Policy
• Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Extended Warranty

Policy
The Inspection Checkbook has to be filled in by the

Dealer for any maintenance and service work of your
Bobcat machine. This book may be required anytime by
an authorized dealer or by Bobcat Europe, should a
breakdown occur on the Bobcat equipment. Your local
dealer can order the Inspection Checkbook.
Part number: 7296478
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
171 of 270
SEAT BELT
Inspection And Maintenance
Figure 221
WARNING 1
Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt

can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in 3
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703
Check the seat belt daily for correct function.
Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once

each year or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications. 2 4
Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or

unusual wear, significant discolourations due to
ultraviolet UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion
to the seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch
plate, retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other
obvious problem should be replaced immediately.
The items below are referenced in [Figure 221].
1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a

B-22283
retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
fraying, dirt and stiffness.
2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.

Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn,
deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken.
3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped)

by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.
4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV)

rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original
colour of the webbing in these areas is extremely
faded and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the
webbing strength can have deteriorated.
See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement

parts for your machine.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
172 of 270
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST
Procedure
The Longitudinal Load Moment Control (LLMC) system Figure 223

calibration can be tested by performing the following
procedure:
Park the machine on flat level ground and align the front
and rear wheels straight ahead.
NOTE: A load will be needed to topple the machine.
Figure 222
EM9626
Without attachment and with the attachment carrier fully

tilted up, fully retract and raise the boom [Figure 223].
Figure 224
1
S39203
3
Using the LLMC override mode, decrease the rear axle
load pressure by picking up a load and extending the
boom until the machine topples over (rear wheels off the
ground) [Figure 222]. 2
NOTE: Do not move or reposition the machine after

decreasing the rear axle load pressure.
Retract the boom and place the load on the ground.

S41197
Push and hold the TEST button (Item 1) [Figure 224]

during the complete procedure. All the LEDs (Item 2
and 3) light up, and the buzzer sounds discontinuously
during 3 seconds.
NOTE: Keep holding the test button for default test

result confirmation.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
173 of 270
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST (CONT’D)
Two test results are possible:
Figure 225
S41233
• The four green LEDs (Item 1) [Figure 225] light up,

calibration is OK;
Figure 226
S41234
• The orange and red LEDs (Item 1) [Figure 226] light

up, calibration is out of range. Please redo calibration
of the LLMI / LLMC system. (See the Service Manual
for the correct procedure.)
Release the TEST button (Item 1) [Figure 224 on Page

171].
The calibration test is finished.
NOTE: After pressing the TEST button (Item 1)

[Figure 224 on Page 171] longer than 60
seconds, the procedure will automatically end
and the system will return to normal mode.
NOTE: The system always returns to normal mode

when the TEST button (Item 1) [Figure 224 on
Page 171] is released during the procedure.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
174 of 270
APPROVED BOOM STOP
If the boom is raised for service or maintenance, use the Figure 229
following procedure to install and remove the approved
boom stop.
Installing The Approved Boom Stop
• Put the telescopic handler on a flat, solid and level

surface.
1
• With the operator in the seat, the seat belt fastened,
travel direction switch / control lever (optional) in 2
NEUTRAL and the parking brake engaged, start the
engine, raise the boom and stop the engine.
Figure 227
P125200
• Install the pins (Item 1) and secure with retainer pins

1
• Start the engine and lower the boom slowly until the
approved boom stop is held securely.
Removing The Approved Boom Stop
• Start the engine and raise the boom. Stop the engine.
• Operating from the left back side of the machine,

P119105
remove the retainer pins, pins and approved boom
stop (Item 1) [Figure 228].
• Remove the approved boom stop (Item 1) • Reinstall the approved boom stop in the storage
[Figure 227] from the storage position. position (Item 1) [Figure 227].
Figure 228
WARNING
1 Never work on a machine with the boom up unless
the boom is held by an approved boom stop. Failure
to use an approved boom stop can allow the boom to
drop and cause injury or death.
Service boom stop if damaged or if parts are
missing. Using a damaged boom stop or with
missing parts can cause boom to drop causing injury
or death.
W-2899-1210
P125199
• Install the approved boom stop (Item 1) [Figure 228]

over the boom cylinder rod.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
175 of 270
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM ENGINE COVER
Description Opening And Closing
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves Figure 231
the travel direction switch / control lever (optional) into the
REVERSE position AND the engine is running.
Inspecting
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Start the engine
and disengage the parking brake.
Move the travel direction switch / control lever (optional)

into the reverse position. The back-up alarm must sound.
1
Turn the switch to the OFF position and make sure the
parking brake is engaged.
Figure 230 P133267
1 2
Turn the key switch (Item 1) [Figure 231] clockwise to
unlock. Remove the key and push the key switch. Raise
the engine cover to provide access to the engine
compartment for maintenance.
NOTE: The engine cover locks automatically when

closed.
3
P119156
The back-up alarm (Item 1) is located at the rear of the

machine and can be accessed through an opening
(Item 2) [Figure 230] in the frame.
Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connection (Item 3)

[Figure 230] and the wire harness for tightness and
damage. Repair or replace any damaged components.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
176 of 270
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)
This machine may be equipped with a heating, ventilation Figure 234

and air conditioning system.
Cleaning And Maintenance 2 2
The HVAC system requires regular inspection and

maintenance. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
Cab Filter
Figure 232
1
S41681
Remove the filter (Item 1) from in between the filter

holders (Item 2) [Figure 234].
2 Clean or replace the filter as necessary.
A/C System Water Condensate Rubber Valves

1
P123730 Figure 235
The fresh air filter is located on the front of the operator

cab. Remove the six bolts (Item 1) and filter housing
Installation: Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 232] to

maximum 10 - 11 N•m (84 - 93 in-lb) torque.
Figure 233
1
1
1 S41680
1
The A/C system water condensate rubber valves (Item 1)
[Figure 235] are located on the front of the operator cab,
under the cab filter. Remove any dust to allow proper
evacuation of A/C water condensates.
2
S41680
Remove the two screws (Item 1) and the filter assembly

TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
177 of 270
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC) (CONT’D)
Condenser Air Conditioning Lubrication
Figure 236 Run the air conditioning for about five minutes every
week to lubricate the internal components.
Troubleshooting
If the fan does not run, or the air conditioning does not
turn on, check the fuse. (See Fuses And Relay Location /
Identification on Page 189.)
If the air conditioning system circulates warm air, the

1 refrigerant may need to be recharged. Contact your
Bobcat dealer for recharging the air conditioning system.
P123744
With the plug removed, loosen the bolt (Item 1)

[Figure 236].
Figure 237
P123745
Raise the condenser (Item 1) and keep in position by

installing the rod (Item 2) [Figure 237] in the condenser
mount.
Use low air pressure to clean the condenser (Item 1)

[Figure 237]. Be careful NOT to damage fins.
Remove the rod (Item 2) [Figure 237], lower the

condenser and tighten the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 236].
Install the plug.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
178 of 270
AIR CLEANER SERVICE
Replacing Filter Elements
Replace the inner filter every second time the outer filter NOTE: The rubber boot attached to the air cleaner
is replaced or as indicated. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE cover is an important part of the engine
on Page 167.) cooling system and must remain correctly
installed on the air cleaner cover.
Outer Filter
Close the engine cover.
Stop the engine and open the engine cover.
Figure 238
P123754
Open the latches (Item 1) and remove the cover (Item 2)

[Figure 238].
Figure 239
P123755
Pull the outer filter element (Item 1) [Figure 239] out and
discard.
NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and

debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
Clean the surfaces with a clean damp cloth.
DO NOT use compressed air.
Install new outer filter. Push in until the filter contacts the
base of the housing.
Install the cover (Item 2) and secure the latches (Item 1)

[Figure 238].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
179 of 270
AIR CLEANER SERVICE (CONT’D)
Replacing Filter Elements (Cont’d)
Inner Filter
Replace the inner filter element every second time the Figure 241
outer filter is replaced or as indicated. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 167.) 2
Remove the cover (Item 2) [Figure 238] and the outer

filter (Item 1) [Figure 239].
Figure 240
P123754
1
Install the cover (Item 1) and secure the latches (Item 2)

[Figure 241].
NOTE: The rubber boot attached to the air cleaner

cover is an important part of the engine
cooling system and must remain correctly
installed on the air cleaner cover.
P123756
Figure 242
Remove the inner filter (Item 1) [Figure 240].
NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and

debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
Clean the surfaces with a clean damp cloth.
DO NOT use compressed air.
Install new inner filter. Push in until the filter contacts the
base of the housing.
Install the outer filter (Item 1) [Figure 239].

1
P139854
Clean the dust extractor (Item 1) [Figure 242]

underneath the air filter housing. If needed, remove the
dust extractor for complete cleaning.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
180 of 270
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) / ADBLUE® SYSTEM
Description Filling The DEF / AdBlue® Tank
For models TL30.70(D)(H)B, the engine exhaust system Stop the engine.
is equipped with a selective catalytic reduction (SCR)
system. The SCR is an emissions reduction system that NOTE: The engine must be stopped with the key
removes nitrogen oxides from the exhaust gases. switch in the STOP position when filling the
DEF / AdBlue® tank.
The machine will periodically perform a process to clean
sulfur oxides from the SCR system. This process is Figure 243
called DeSOX. (See SELECTIVE CATALYTIC
REDUCTION (SCR) SYSTEM on Page 65.)
The SCR system requires Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /

AdBlue® to function correctly.
NOTE: Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) and AdBlue® are

1
different names for the same fluid. See your
Bobcat dealer for more information.
The SCR system will use one tankful of DEF / AdBlue®

for approximately two tankfuls of diesel fuel.
The DEF / AdBlue® level indicator is located on the

display panel. (See Display Panel on Page 52.) P123777
Avoiding Urea Crystallisation In The SCR System

The DEF / AdBlue® fill cap is located on the right side of
the machine. Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 243].
At low exhaust temperatures and low exhaust gas flow
rates, there is a risk of urea deposit formation in the
exhaust system and catalyst. Add only clean, unused DEF / AdBlue®. (See Fluid
Capacities on Page 250.)
To reduce the risk of urea crystallisation:
Install and tighten the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 243].
• Avoid long-time storage of used machines without
proper cleaning / purging of the urea system and NOTE: The DEF / AdBlue® fill cap must be tightened
components. (See TELESCOPIC HANDLER until the cap clicks.
STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE on Page
214.)
• Avoid often starts and stops (especially in low

ambient temperatures).
• Avoid low idle running machines.
• Use high quality DEF / AdBlue®. (See Lubricants,

Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
181 of 270
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Specifications Biodiesel Blend Fuel
NOTE: Contact your local fuel supplier to receive Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
recommendations for your region. considered before using in this machine:
U.S. Standard (ASTM D975) • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade Number
2-D or Grade Number 1-D. • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination which can cause
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this machine. corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
Ultra low sulfur is defined as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur • Use of biodiesel blend fuel can result in premature
maximum. failure of fuel system components, such as plugged
fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
The following is one suggested blending guideline that
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures: • Shorter maintenance intervals can be required, such
as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
and fuel lines.
TEMPERATURE GRADE 2-D GRADE 1-D
Above -9°C (+15°F) 100% 0% • Using biodiesel blend fuel not compliant with the fuel
specifications and standard for approved fuels
Down to -21°C (-5°F) 50% 50% described in this manual can affect engine life and
Below -21°C (-5°F) 0% 100% cause deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors,
injector pump and seals.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain used:
no more than five percent biodiesel mixed
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
• Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly
to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5
blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM • Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.
specifications.
• Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,
E.U. Standard (EN590) remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
immediately.
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel that meets the • Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before
EN590 specifications listed below: operating the machine.
• Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel defined as 10 mg/kg (10 • Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended
ppm) sulfur maximum oil change intervals can cause engine damage.
• Before machine storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with
• Diesel fuel with cetane number of 51.0 and above. 100% petroleum based diesel fuel, add fuel stabiliser
and run the engine for at least 30 minutes.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term
no more than seven percent biodiesel mixed stability and should not be stored for more
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel. than three months.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly
marketed as B7 blended diesel fuel. B7
blended diesel fuel must meet EN590
specifications.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
182 of 270
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Filling The Fuel Tank Fuel Pre-Filter
Model TL30.70(D)(H)B is equipped with a fuel pre-filter.
WARNING See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval

when to replace the fuel pre-filter. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO Stop the engine and open the engine cover.
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire. Place a suitable container under the filter in order to
W-2063-0807 catch any fuel that might spill. Clean up any spilled fuel.
Figure 245
Figure 244
1
1
2
P139853
P125195
Loosen the clamps (Item 1) on both sides of the fuel pre-

Remove the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 244]. filter (Item 2) [Figure 245].
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the Replace the fuel pre-filter and install the clamps.
correct specifications. Add fuel only in an area that has
free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO Dispose of drained fluid in an environmentally safe
SMOKING! manner.
Install and tighten the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 244]. Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air
From The Fuel System on Page 183.)
WARNING Start the engine and allow to operate for one minute.

Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
WARNING
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
W-2103-0508 Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
W-2072-EN-0909
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the pre-filter.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
183 of 270
Fuel Filter Replacing Element
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval Stop the engine and open the engine cover.
when to replace the fuel filter. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 167.) Place a suitable container under the filter in order to
catch any fuel that might spill. Clean up any spilled fuel.
Removing Water
Clean the outside of the filter.
Presence of water in the fuel system is displayed on the
display screen with an error code. (See MONITORING Figure 247
THE DISPLAY PANEL on Page 101.)
Place a suitable container under the filter in order to

catch any fuel that might spill. Clean up any spilled fuel.
Figure 246
2 1
P125140
Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 247] and allow the fluid
to drain into the container. Dispose of drained fluid in an
environmentally safe manner.
1
When fuel stops draining from the filter, disconnect the
electrical connector (Item 2) [Figure 247].
P125140
Figure 248
Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 246] at the bottom of 3

the filter to remove trapped water from the filter.
When clean fuel drains from the filter, hand tighten the
drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 246]. 1
Dispose of drained fluid in an environmentally safe

manner. 4
2
IMPORTANT
P125193
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE

Water in the fuel system can cause serious engine Loosen the fuel filter head (Item 3) from the fuel filter
damage. Remove water from the primary fuel filter element (Item 1) [Figure 248]. Do NOT remove the
daily. hoses from the fuel filter head.
I-2354-0112
Loosen the clamps (Item 4) [Figure 248].
Close the engine cover. Remove the fuel filter element (Item 1) from the fuel filter
head (Item 3) [Figure 248].
NOTE: Do NOT fill the new fuel filter element with fuel
at this time.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
184 of 270
Fuel Filter (Cont’d) Removing Air From The Fuel System
Put clean oil on the two new fuel filter element O-rings, After replacing the filter element or if the fuel tank has run
install the element, and tighten to 14 N•m (10 ft-lb) out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel system
torque. before starting the engine.
Install the fuel filter assembly into the clamps and tighten. Figure 249
Connect the electrical connector (Item 2) [Figure 248].
Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air 1

From The Fuel System on Page 183.)
WARNING
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause 2
explosion or fire.
P125194
W-2103-0508
Close the engine cover. Open the air vent plug (Item 1) [Figure 249] on the fuel
filter assembly three full turns.
Start the engine and allow to operate for one minute.
For model TL30.70(D)(H)A, squeeze the hand pump
(priming bulb) (Item 2) [Figure 249] until fuel flows from
the air vent plug with no air bubbles.
WARNING Figure 250

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can 3 3
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or 2
1
W-2072-EN-0909
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
P133028 P133035
For model TL30.70(D)(H)B, turn the key switch (Item 1)

or start switch (Item 2) to the RUN (Item 3) [Figure 250]
position to turn on the electric fuel pump until fuel flows
from the air vent plug with no air bubbles.
Close the air vent plug (Item 1) [Figure 249].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
185 of 270
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Checking And Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Chart
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the Figure 252
engine for the work shift. ENGINE OIL
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
Stop the engine. (LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE
CRANKCASE)
Figure 251
TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE

NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE
API CLASSIFICATION CJ-4 OR BETTER, OR ACEA
P123757 E9 OR BETTER)
S41307
Bobcat engine oils are recommended for use in this

Open the engine cover and remove the dipstick (Item 1) machine. If Bobcat engine oil is not available, use a good
[Figure 251]. quality engine oil that meets API Service Classification of
CJ-4 or better, or ACEA E9 or better [Figure 252]. See
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on page 14 for approved oils.
(Inset) [Figure 251]. Do not overfill.
WARNING
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
WARNING
W-2072-EN-0909
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
186 of 270
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter Figure 255
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service

interval for replacing the engine oil and filter. (See
SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.) 2
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop

the engine. 1
Open the engine cover. (See Opening And Closing on

Page 174.)
Figure 253 2
P123770
1 Install the cover (Item 1) at the bottom of the frame using

the four bolts (Item 2) [Figure 255].
2 Figure 256
P123770
1
Remove the four bolts (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 253] at the bottom of the frame.
Figure 254
P123757
Place a suitable container under the oil filter (Item 1)

[Figure 256] in order to catch any oil that might spill.
1 Clean up any spilled oil.
Remove the oil filter (Item 1) [Figure 256] and clean the
filter base.
Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter
and hand tighten. Use genuine Bobcat filter only.
P123771 WARNING
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 254] from the AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
oil drain fitting and drain the oil into a container. Recycle Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner. of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
Install and tighten the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 254] • Flying debris or loose material is present.
to 55 N•m (41 ft-lb) torque. • Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
187 of 270
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter (Cont’d)
Figure 257
P126190
Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 257].
Put oil in the engine. For capacity, (See Fluid Capacities

on Page 250.). For type, (See Engine Oil Chart on Page
184.).
Install oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 257], start the engine
and let it run for several minutes.
Stop the engine, and check for leaks at the oil filter.
Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the

dipstick. (See Checking And Adding Engine Oil on Page
184.)
WARNING
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
188 of 270
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Checking Level
Check the cooling system every day to prevent over- Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool. Open the
heating, loss of performance or engine damage. engine cover. (See Opening And Closing on Page 174.)
Cleaning Figure 260
Stop the engine and open the engine cover. (See

Opening And Closing on Page 174.)
Remove the plug.
Figure 258
P123759
1
Check coolant level using the level markers (Item 1)
[Figure 260] on the tank. Coolant must be between MIN
and MAX level markers when the engine is cold.
NOTE: Always check coolant level before operating

P123744
the machine. Lack of engine coolant will
result in engine damage.
Loosen the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 258].
NOTE: The cooling system is factory filled with
Figure 259 ethylene glycol (EG) coolant. DO NOT mix
ethylene glycol with propylene glycol.
Use a refractometer to check the condition of ethylene

glycol in your cooling system.
Add premixed coolant to the reservoir if the coolant level

is low. (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
1
IMPORTANT
S41330
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
Raise the condenser (Item 1) (if equipped) and keep in Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
position by installing the rod (Item 2) [Figure 259] in the efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
condenser mount. damage.
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which
the cooler. Be careful not to damage fins. protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
NOTE: The cooler is a combined radiator, intercooler
and hydraulic fluid cooler. Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
I-2124-0497
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
189 of 270
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Follow these steps when using concentrated coolant
instead of a ready-to-use premix:
Removing And Replacing The Coolant
• Use a separate container to mix the coolant.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service • The correct mixture proportions of coolant to provide
intervals. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.) a -37°C (-34°F) freeze protection are 50% water and
50% ethylene glycol. For instance, to get 8 L OR
Stop the engine. Open the engine cover. (See Opening 2 U.S. gal of mixture, mix 4 L ethylene glycol with 4 L
And Closing on Page 174.) of water OR 1 U.S. gal ethylene glycol with 1 U.S. gal
of water.
Figure 261 • Add premixed coolant to the coolant tank until the
coolant level reaches the lower marker on the tank
1
Install the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 261].
NOTE: The coolant fill cap must be tightened until the

cap clicks.
Run the engine until coolant reaches normal operating

temperature. Stop the engine.
Check the coolant level when cool. Add coolant as

P123759 needed. (See Checking Level on Page 187.)
When the engine is cool, remove the coolant fill cap

Figure 262
IMPORTANT
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
1
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
damage.
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which

2 protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength

concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
P123772 I-2124-0497
Loosen the clamp (Item 1) and remove the hose (Item 2)

[Figure 262] from the radiator. Drain all of the coolant
into a container. Recycle or dispose of used coolant in an
environmentally safe manner. WARNING
Installation: Tighten the clamp (Item 1) [Figure 262] to AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
3 - 4 N•m (25 - 35 in-lb) torque. Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
Add premixed coolant to the coolant tank until the coolant • When fluids are under pressure.
level reaches the MIN marker on the tank. Install the • Flying debris or loose material is present.
coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 261]. • Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
190 of 270
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Description
The telescopic handler has a 12 volt, negative earth Figure 264

alternator charging system. The electrical system is
protected against an electrical overload by fuses in three
16 14 12 10 8 4
locations.
20 7
The cause of an overload must be found before starting 3
the engine again.
19
Fuses And Relay Location / Identification
The electrical system is protected by fuses and relays in 18

three locations: 2
6
• in the cab. (See Cab on Page 190.) 5 1
17
15 13 11 9
• on the rear frame. (See Frame on Page 189.)
• in the front right corner of the engine compartment. P119111
(See Engine Compartment on Page 191.)
Frame The location and description are shown below and in

[Figure 264].
Figure 263
REF DESCRIPTION AMP REF DESCRIPTION AMP
1 Low Speed 7.5 11 Brake Lights R
1 2 Wheels 5 12 Boom Drain R
Alignment /
Retract Switch
3 Hydraulic Quick- 10 13 Reverse Light / R
2 Tach / Power Lift / Back-up Alarm
Boom Drain
4 Stop Lights / 10 14 Power Lift R
Reverse Light /
Back-up Alarm
5 Drive Controller 15 15 Low Speed R
1 6 Workgroup 15 16 Not Used —
P119110 Controller
7 ACD Battery 10 17 Not Used —
Supply
Remove the two retainer screws (Item 1) (both sides) and
remove the cover (Item 2) [Figure 263] to check or 8 ACD Ignition 10 18 Not Used —
replace fuses or relays. Supply
9 Hydraulic Quick- R 19 Not Used —
Tach
10 Disable R 20 Not Used —
Hydrostatic Brake
R - Relay
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
191 of 270
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Fuses And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d) Figure 267
Cab
Figure 265 5 7 9 11 13 14
1 17
2 1 2 18
3 19
4 20
16 15
6 8 10 12
1
P119172
The location and description are shown below and in

S41620 [Figure 267].
Loosen the retainer screws (Item 1) and remove the

console cover (Item 2) [Figure 265].
REF DESCRIPTION AMP REF DESCRIPTION AMP
Figure 266 1 Boom Work Light / 20 11 Boom Work Lights R
Blue Work Light
2 Cab Work Lights 20 12 Cab Work Lights R
3 Park Lights Right 7.5 13 Rear and Roof 15
2 Wiper / LLMC /
1 Radio (Ignition) /
Beacon
4 Park Lights Left / 7.5 14 Front Wiper / 10
1 Fog Light Washers / Travel
Direction Lever
(if equipped)
5 Not Used — 15 Display Panel / 7,5
LLMI / Diagnostic
Connector /
Joystick /
S41621 Switches
6 Low Beam R 16 Gateway 20
Remove retainer screws (Item 1) and remove the cover Controller / Starter
Switch /
(Item 2) [Figure 266] to check or replace fuses or relays.
Diagnostic
Connector / Radio
/ Dome Light /
Warning Lights
7 Rear Wiper R 17 Suspension Seat 7,5
(If equipped)
8 High Beam R 18 Low / High Beam 15
9 Fan Inverter R 19 Headlights / 15
Direction Lights /
Horn
10 Blue Work Lights R 20 A/C and Heater / 25
Fan Inverter
R - Relay
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
192 of 270
Engine Compartment Figure 269
Figure 268
2
1 3
1
2 4 1
6 7
5 P125492
Stop the engine, raise the engine cover and remove the
four bolts (Item 1) and fan (Item 2) [Figure 269] to
access the relays and fuses of the DEF / AdBlue®
system.
Figure 270
8 9
S38030
P125259
S38061
The location and description are shown below and in 1 4

[Figure 268]. 3
2
REF DESCRIPTION AMP P125239

1 Starter / Alternator 25
2 Engine Controller (ECU) 25
Three fuses and a relay for the DEF / AdBlue® tank
3 Air Heater, Fuel Pump (if equipped) 10 cooling fan (Item 2) [Figure 269] are located near the
4 Not Used — DEF / AdBlue® tank. Four relays for the DEF / AdBlue®
5 Master Fuse, Air Heater 100 heater are located behind the controller [Figure 270].
6 Starter Relay R
7 Air Heater Relay R REF DESCRIPTION AMP
8 Fuel Pump Relay (if equipped) R 1 DCU Controller (F44) 15

9 ECU Relay R 2 Hose Heaters (F45) 10
3 Cooling Fan Motor (F46) 15
R - Relay 4 DEF Cooling Fan Relay (R30) R
5 Heater Relays R
R - Relay
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
193 of 270
Battery Maintenance
Figure 271
P-09589 P-09590
The battery cables must be clean and tight [Figure 271].

Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water
as needed. Remove acid or corrosion from battery and
cables with sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water
solution.
Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery

terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.
WARNING
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.

In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
194 of 270
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting)
If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the Remove the cable from the positive (+) terminal (Item 1)
engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the [Figure 272].
operator’s seat and one person to connect and
disconnect the battery cables. Close the engine cover.
The key switch (if equipped) or start switch (if equipped)
must be OFF. The booster battery must be 12 volt.
WARNING IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE • Engine is operated with battery cables
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH disconnected.
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away • Battery cables are connected when using a fast
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery charger or when welding on the Telescopic
make final connection (negative) at machine frame. Handler. (Remove both cables from the battery.)
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged connected wrong.
battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before I-2345-0311
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910
Open the engine cover.
Figure 272
2
1
P126243
Connect the end of the first cable to the positive (+)

terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of
the same cable to the positive (+) terminal (Item 1)
[Figure 272] of the telescopic handler battery.
Connect the end of the second cable to the earth (-)

terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of
the same cable to the earth (-) terminal (Item 2)
[Figure 272] of the telescopic handler battery.
Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.
After the engine has started, remove the earth (-) cable
(Item 2) [Figure 272] first.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
195 of 270
Removing And Installing The Battery
Figure 274
WARNING 2

Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.

In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes. 1
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

P123775
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807 Always disconnect the earth (-) cable (Item 1)
[Figure 274] first to prevent sparks.
Open the engine cover.
Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable (Item 2)
Figure 273 [Figure 274] at the battery disconnect.
Installation: Tighten the bolt (Item 1) to 5 - 10 N•m (44 -

1
88 in-lb) torque. Tighten the nut (Item 2) [Figure 274] to
11 - 17 N•m (8 - 12 ft-lb) torque.
5 Remove the battery together with positive cable.
Figure 275
3
1
2
4
P127115
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 273] holding the

bracket to the frame.
Loosen the clamp (Item 2) and reposition the exhaust

(Item 3) [Figure 273] for easy access.
P123776
Remove the bolt (Item 4) and the battery cover (Item 5)
[Figure 273].
Remove the positive (+) battery cable (Item 1)
[Figure 275] from the battery.
Install the positive (+) battery cable on the new battery.
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 5 - 10 N•m (44 - 88 in-lb)

torque.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
196 of 270
Removing And Installing The Battery (Cont’d)
Figure 276
DANGER
Be aware that vehicle batteries contain gases that are
flammable and can explode violently. The following
precautions should be taken before making battery
connection:
• Wear eye protection.
• Remove all jewelry.
• Keep spectators away.
In the event of a battery explosion, acid should be

flushed away immediately. Seek medical help as
P-09590
soon as possible.
P-09589
D-1032-1210
Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when

Figure 277
installing a new or used battery [Figure 276].
When installing the battery, do not touch any metal parts 4

with the battery terminals.
Connect and tighten the battery cables. Connect the

earth (-) cable last to prevent sparks. 1
WARNING 3
5
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 2
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away P127115
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Install the battery cover (Item 1) with the bolt (Item 2)
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged [Figure 277].
battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before Reposition the exhaust (Item 3) and install the bracket
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never with the two bolts (Item 4) [Figure 277].
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910 Install the clamp (Item 5) [Figure 277] and tighten to
40 N•m (30 ft-lb) torque.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
197 of 270
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Checking And Adding Fluid
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system. Figure 280

(See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
Completely retract and lower the boom. Tilt the

attachment carrier forward.
1
Stop the machine on a level surface.
Stop the engine.
Oil must be at ambient temperature for this procedure.
Figure 278
P119114
Remove the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 280].
Add fluid until it is at the centre of the sight gauge (Item 1)

1 [Figure 278].
Install the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 280].
Install the cover (Item 2) with the three bolts (Item 1)

[Figure 279].
P119112
Check the fluid level at the sight gauge (Item 1)

[Figure 278]. WARNING
Figure 279 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
2 Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
1 explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
1
1
P119113
Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)

[Figure 279].

maximum 16 N•m (12 ft-lb) torque.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
198 of 270
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Remove the reservoir drain plug (Item 1) [Figure 281]
intervals. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.) behind the left front wheel and drain the fluid into a
container. Recycle or dispose of the fluid in an
Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after environmentally safe manner.
major repair.
Put a new seal on the drain plug. Install the drain plug
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system. (Item 1) [Figure 281] and tighten.
(See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
Figure 282
Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter whenever
the hydraulic fluid is replaced. (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter on Page 198.) 2
1
WARNING
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. 1
1
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid P119113
W-2072-EN-0909 Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 282].

WARNING Figure 283

Failure to use care around combustibles can cause 1
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Figure 281
P119114
Remove the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 283]
Add fluid until it is at the centre of the sight gauge (Item 2)

1 [Figure 281].
Install the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 283].

P119220
[Figure 282].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
199 of 270
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 286
intervals. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
NOTE: The hydraulic filter is equipped with a valve

that allows to change the filter without having 1
to drain the hydraulic tank. 2
Figure 284
2
1
1
P119173
Remove the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 285] and

[Figure 286] and the cover (Item 2) [Figure 286].
1
1 Place a container below the filter to collect spilled fluid.
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
P119113
safe manner.

[Figure 284].

WARNING
Figure 285 Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
explosion or fire.
1 W-2103-0508
P119115
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
200 of 270
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Check
Filter (Cont’d) the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See
Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 196.)
Figure 287
Install the covers.
Fill / Breather Cap
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct

replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 167.)
Figure 289
1
2
1
P119174
Remove the cap (Item 1) [Figure 287].
Figure 288
1
1
P119113

[Figure 289].

Figure 290
1
P119175
Remove the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 288] and 1

discard.
Install a new filter element ensuring that the element is

fully seated in the filter base.
NOTE: Make sure to have a new filter element ready

before start of procedure to avoid excess fluid
spill.
Install the cap and hand tighten. P119114
Fill the hydraulic reservoir. (See Checking And Adding

Fluid on Page 196.) Remove the fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 290].
Start the engine and let the engine run for one minute Install the new fill / breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 290].
(low idle) before operating the boom hydraulics.
[Figure 289].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
201 of 270
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR)
Checking And Adding Oil (Planetary Carrier) Removing And Replacing Oil (Planetary Carrier)
Figure 291 See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
Figure 292
1
P119177
Put the machine on a level surface with the plug (Item 1) P119176
[Figure 291] positioned as shown.
Clean the plug (Item 1) [Figure 291] and the surrounding Put the machine on a level surface with the plug (Item 1)
surface. [Figure 292] positioned as shown.
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 291]. The oil level Clean the plug (Item 1) [Figure 292] and the surrounding
should be at the bottom edge of the plug hole. surface.
Add oil through the hole if the oil level is below the hole. Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 292] and drain oil into
a container. Recycle or dispose of the used lubricant in
For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 250.). For an environmentally safe manner.
oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
Reposition the plug hole as shown in [Figure 291] and
Install and tighten the plug to 35 - 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb) add gear lube until the lube level is at the bottom edge of
torque. the plug hole (Item 1) [Figure 291].
Repeat the procedure for the other three planetary For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 250.). For
carriers. oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
Install and tighten the plug to 35 - 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb)

torque.
Repeat the procedure for the other planetary carriers.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
202 of 270
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) (CONT’D)
Checking And Adding Oil (Rear Differential) Removing And Replacing Oil (Rear Differential)
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
P119122 P119121
Put the machine on a level surface. Put the machine on a level surface.
Clean the plug (Item 1) [Figure 293] and the surrounding Clean the plug (Item 1) [Figure 294] and the surrounding
surface. surface.
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 293]. The oil level Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 294] and drain oil into
should be at the bottom edge of the plug hole. a container. Recycle or dispose of the used lubricant in
an environmentally safe manner.
Add oil through the hole if the oil level is below the hole.
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 294] to 35 -
For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb) torque.
14.).
Figure 295
torque.
P119122
Add oil through the hole (Item 1) [Figure 295] until it is to

the bottom of the plug hole.
For oil capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 250.)

For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page
14.)

torque.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
203 of 270
Checking And Adding Oil (Front Differential) Removing And Replacing Oil (Front Differential)
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
P119118 P119118
surface. surface.
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 297] to 35 -
For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb) torque.
14.)
Add oil through the hole (Item 1) [Figure 296] until it is to
Install and tighten the plug to 35 - 50 N•m (26 - 37 ft-lb) the bottom of the plug hole.
torque.
For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page
14.)

torque.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
204 of 270
Checking And Adding Oil (Reduction Box) Removing And Replacing Oil (Reduction Box)
P119119 P119119
surface. surface.
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 299].
For oil type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 298] and add oil
14.) through the hole until it is to the bottom of the plug hole.
Install and tighten the plug. For capacity, (See Fluid Capacities on Page 250.)
For type, (See Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids on Page 14.)
Install and tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 298].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
205 of 270
ALTERNATOR BELT
Belt Adjustment
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service If the belt tension is out of the suggested range for belts,
interval (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 167.) and tighten the belt to the recommended tension for used
contact your Bobcat dealer for replacement parts. belts in the table below. (See Belt Replacement on Page
205.)
Belt Checking
FREQUENCY TENSION
Run the engine for more than five minutes.
Suggested range 126,19 - 148,78 Hz 400 - 556 N
Check the whole belt drive visually for damage. Replace (90 - 125 lbf)
damaged parts. (See Belt Replacement on Page 205.) Used belt 148,07 - 160,95 Hz 550 - 650 N
(124 - 146 lbf)
Use the following data for the tension meter:
New belt 156,79 - 169,01 Hz 617 - 717 N
(139 - 161 lbf)
Unit Weight 13,7 g/rib.m or 82,2 g/m (0.15 oz/rib.ft
or 0.88 oz/ft)
Number of Ribs 6 (belt pk, construction MT610)
Span Length 276,5 mm (10.9 in)
Figure 300
P125238
Check the belt tension with a tension meter in the middle

of the span between the crankshaft pulley and the water
pump pulley [Figure 300].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
206 of 270
ALTERNATOR BELT (CONT’D)
Belt Replacement
Stop the engine and open the engine cover. (See Figure 302
Opening And Closing on Page 174.)
Figure 301
5 2
1
4 P123726
P125196
Loosen the adjusting nut (Item 1) to loosen the tension
from the alternator belt (Item 2) [Figure 302].
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and cover (Item 2) Loosen the top (Item 3) and bottom (Item 4) alternator
[Figure 301]. mounting bolts [Figure 302].
Remove the air conditioning belt (if equipped). (See Belt Remove the belt from the pulleys.
Replacement on Page 206.)
Inspect the pulleys for wear.
Install new belt.
Tighten the adjusting nut (Item 5) to bring the alternator

belt (Item 2) [Figure 302] to the recommended tension
for new belts. (See Belt Checking on Page 204.)
NOTE: Make sure that the adjusting bolt head makes

contact with the alternator bracket.
Apply Loctite® #242 to the threads of the bolt and tighten

the top alternator mounting bolt and nut (Item 3)
[Figure 302] to 11 - 14 N•m (8 - 10 ft-lb) torque.
Tighten the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 4)

[Figure 302] to 30 N•m (22 ft-lb) torque.
After belt replacement let the engine run for five minutes
and check the alternator belt. (See Belt Checking on
Page 204.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
207 of 270
AIR CONDITIONING BELT
Belt Adjustment Belt Replacement
The air conditioning belt is a special maintenance free Stop the engine and open the engine cover. (See
type that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt Opening And Closing on Page 174.)
eliminates the need for a tensioning device and does not
require periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer Figure 303
for replacement parts.
P115128
A belt tool (Item 1) [Figure 303] is required to install the

new air conditioning belt. The belt tool is available in local
aftermarket stores.
Figure 304
P125196
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and cover (Item 2)

[Figure 304].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
208 of 270
AIR CONDITIONING BELT (CONT’D)
Belt Replacement (Cont’d)
4
3
2 1
2
P123728 P121970
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and belt cover (Item 2) Install the belt on the air conditioning compressor pulley
[Figure 305]. and position the belt (Item 1) and belt tool (Item 2) on the
bottom side of the crank shaft pulley (Item 3)
Figure 306 [Figure 307].
Rotate the engine clockwise using the large crankshaft

1 pulley bolt (Item 4) [Figure 307]. Do NOT use the
alternator pulley nut, the water pump pulley bolts, or the
smaller crankshaft pulley bolts. Ensure that the belt is
fully installed on both pulleys. Repeat the procedure if
necessary.
Remove the belt tool. Install the air conditioning belt

cover (Item 2) and mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 305].
Install cover (Item 2) [Figure 304].

P126362
Cut the old belt (Item 1) [Figure 306] and remove the belt
from the pulleys. Inspect the pulleys for wear.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
209 of 270
TYRE MAINTENANCE Wheel Replacement
Wheel Nuts Always park the machine on a level surface. STOP the
engine.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval to
check the wheel nuts. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 167.) WARNING
Figure 308
MACHINE FALLING OR MOVING CAN CAUSE
Put jackstands under the front and rear of the
machine before running engine for service.
W-2718-0208
Front Wheels
Figure 309
P131909
The correct wheel nut tightening torque is 360 N•m

(266 ft-lb) [Figure 308].
Rotating
Check the tyres regularly for wear, damage and pressure.

For the correct tyre pressure, (See Traction on Page P119182
249.).
Rear tyres usually wear faster than front tyres. To keep Put the floor jack under the left side of the front axle. Lift
the wear even, move the front wheels to the rear and rear the telescopic handler and install the first jackstand
wheels to the front. [Figure 309].
It is important to keep the same size tyres on each side of Figure 310
the telescopic handler. If different sizes are used, each
tyre will be turning at a different rate and cause excessive
wear. The tread bars of all the tyres must face the same
direction.
Recommended tyre pressure must be maintained to

avoid excessive tyre wear and loss of stability and
handling capacity. Check for the correct pressure before
operating the telescopic handler.
P119183
Put the floor jack under the right side of the front axle. Lift
the telescopic handler and install the second jackstand
[Figure 310].
Remove the eight wheel nuts and replace the wheel.

Install the wheel nuts and tighten using a crisscross
pattern to 360 N•m (266 ft-lb) torque.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
210 of 270
TYRE MAINTENANCE (CONT’D)
Wheel Replacement (Cont’d)
Rear Wheels Mounting
Figure 311 To change the size of the tyres, contact your Bobcat
dealer.
Tyres are to be repaired only by an authorised person

using the correct procedures and type of equipment.
2 Tyres and rims must always be checked for correct size

before mounting. Check rim and tyre bead for damage.
The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust. The tyre
bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a rubber
lubricant before mounting the tyre.
1 Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tyre and

cause serious injury or death.
P131892 During inflation of the tyre, check the tyre pressure

frequently to avoid over inflation.
Put the floor jack (Item 1) under the centre of the Pressure
counterweight. Lift the telescopic handler and install
jackstands (Item 2) [Figure 311]. For correct inflation, (See Traction on Page 249.).
Remove the eight wheel nuts and replace the wheel.

Install the wheel nuts and tighten using a crisscross
pattern to 360 N•m (266 ft-lb) torque. WARNING
Do not inflate tyres above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tyre mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-EN-0909
IMPORTANT
Inflate tyres to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tyre. DO NOT mix brands of tyres
used on the same machine.
I-2057-EN-1010
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
211 of 270
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
Lubrication Locations
Lubricate as specified in the SERVICE SCHEDULE for Figure 314

the best performance of the machine. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 167.)
Record the operating hours each time you lubricate so

that it is performed at the correct interval.
Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose 1

grease. Apply lubricant until extra grease shows. 1
Remove the attachment from the telescopic handler

before lubricating. (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Manual Lock) on Page 123.) (See Installing
And Removing The Attachment (Hydraulic Lock) on Page
126.)
2 P119123
Lubricate the following locations on the telescopic
handler:
Attachment Carrier Pivot (Item 1) [Figure 314] (Both
Figure 312 Sides).
Tilt Cylinder Rod End (Item 2) [Figure 314].
Figure 315
1
1
P118200
Axle Pivots - Top and bottom (Item 1) [Figure 312] all

four wheels. P119124
Figure 313
Remove the front cover from the boom end.
Tilt Cylinder Base End (Item 1) [Figure 315].
1
1
P119135 P119136
Axle Oscillation - Rear Axle (Item 1) [Figure 313].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
212 of 270
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D)
Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)
1
2
P125197 P125198
NOTE: Raise the boom and install the approved Boom Pivot (Item 1) [Figure 318].
Boom Stop before lubricating the Lift and
Self-levelling (Compensation) Cylinders. (See
Installing The Approved Boom Stop on Page
173.)
Lift Cylinder Rod End (Item 1) and Self-levelling Cylinder

Rod End (Item 2) [Figure 316].
Figure 317
2
1
P119185
Lift Cylinder Base End (Item 1) and Self-levelling Cylinder

Base End (Item 2) [Figure 316].
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
213 of 270
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER (CONT’D)
Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)
Front Pads Lubrication Rear Pads Lubrication
1 1
1 1
P119186 P119129
Fully extend and lower the boom. Top rear pads (Item 1) (four locations) [Figure 320] can
be greased by using a greaser.
Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is To lubricate the bottom rear pads (four locations)
engaged. (See PARKING BRAKE on Page 71.) Stop the [Figure 320] that are not accessible in the above step:
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE TELESCOPIC Partially extend and fully lower boom.
Use a brush to lubricate the outside of the inner booms. Direction on Page 46.) Make sure the parking brake is
Use a brush to lubricate the inside of the boom.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
214 of 270
ATTACHMENT CARRIER
Inspection And Maintenance
P119231 P119233
The attachment carrier mounting hooks (Item 1) The telescopic handler attachment hydraulic locking pins
[Figure 321] (both sides) must not be damaged or worn. (if equipped) (Item 1) [Figure 323] (both sides) must
Inspect attachment carrier condition. Replace as needed. move freely. The pins must not be bent or the ends
deformed.
Figure 322
Figure 324
1
1
P119232
P119750
The stop block (Item 1) [Figure 322] (both sides) must

not be damaged or worn. Inspect stop plate condition. The pins (if equipped) (Item 1) [Figure 324] (both sides)
Replace as needed. must extend through the holes in the attachment
mounting frame.
Lubricate the attachment carrier. (See SERVICE

SCHEDULE on Page 167.) (See LUBRICATING THE
TELESCOPIC HANDLER on Page 210.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
215 of 270
TELESCOPIC HANDLER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE
Storage Return To Service
Sometimes it can be necessary to store your Bobcat After the Bobcat telescopic handler has been in storage,
telescopic handler for an extend period of time. Below is it is necessary to follow a list of items to return the
a list of items to perform before storage. telescopic handler to service.
• Thoroughly clean the telescopic handler including the • Check the engine and hydraulic fluid levels; check
engine compartment. coolant level.
• Store the attachments in a dry protected shelter. • Install a fully charged battery.
• Lubricate the telescopic handler. • Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.
• Replace worn or damaged parts. • Check all belt tensions.
• Park the telescopic handler in a dry protected shelter. • Be sure all shields and guards are in place.
• Lower the boom all the way and put the attachment (if • Lubricate the telescopic handler.
equipped) flat on the ground.
• Check tyre inflation and remove blocks from under
• Check tyre inflation and put blocks under the frame to frame.
remove weight from the tyres.
• Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
• Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
Perform the following steps if the DEF / AdBlue®
• Put fuel stabiliser in the fuel tank and run the engine storage limit has been exceeded:
a few minutes to circulate the stabiliser to the pump
and fuel injectors. 1. Remove the fluid from the DEF / AdBlue® tank and
refill with new fluid.
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the
following: 2. Replace the DEF / AdBlue® filter if the machine was
stored for more than nine months.
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel
fuel, add fuel stabiliser and run the engine for at least 3. See your Bobcat dealer for service if the machine
30 minutes. displays any codes related to the SCR system that do
not clear within 15 minutes of engine run time. (See
• Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR)
premixed coolant. SYSTEM on Page 65.)
• Fill the DEF / AdBlue® tank. The maximum DEF / • Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while
AdBlue® storage limit is two months in ambient observing the instrument panels and systems for
temperatures of -40 – +40°C (-40 – +104°F) or four correct operation.
months in -40°C – +25°C (-40°F – +77°F).
• Operate machine, check for correct function.
• Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic /
hydrostatic). • Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed.
• Replace air cleaner, heater and air conditioning filters.
• Put all controls in NEUTRAL position.
• Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is

correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry
place above freezing temperatures and charge it
periodically during storage.
• Cover the exhaust pipe opening.
• Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage

condition.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
216 of 270
SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Service Codes List - Engine Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Service Codes List - Dosing Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Service Codes List - Drive Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Service Codes List - Workgroup Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Service Codes List - Auxiliary Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Service Codes List - Display Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Service Codes List - LLMI Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Service Codes List - LLMC Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Changing The Owner, User 1 And User 2 Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
217 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
218 of 270
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES
Viewing Service Codes
Figure 325 The following letter codes may be displayed:
3 4 CODE DESCRIPTION
The controller is asking for a password. (Keypad
CODE
only.)
2 The engine controller has determined the engine

COLD must warm up. (Operator engine speed is limited to
1250 rpm.)
The engine is performing a DeSOX process.
1 Operate the machine under load. (See
DESOX
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR)
SYSTEM on Page 65.)
ERROR The wrong password was entered. (Keypad only.)
REPLY The panel does not communicate with controllers.
P122916
SHTDN A shutdown condition exists.
STOP The emergency button is pressed.
Press the information button (Item 1) to cycle the display WAIT The air heater is active during engine preheating.
screen (Item 2) [Figure 325] until the engine hour menu
is displayed. (See Display Screen on Page 54.) Press the information button (Item 1) [Figure 325] to
return to the engine hour menu.
Press and hold the information button (Item 1)
[Figure 325] for three seconds until the Service Codes
appear on the display screen.
If more than one Service Code is present, the codes will

scroll on the display screen.
NOTE: Corrosion or loose earth can cause multiple

service codes and / or abnormal symptoms.
All instrument panel lights flashing, alarm
sounding, headlights and rear lights flashing,
could indicate a bad earth. The same
symptoms could apply if the voltage is low,
such as loose or corroded battery cables. If
you observe these symptoms, check earth
and positive leads first.
Service Codes can be either a word (Item 3) or a number

(Item 4) [Figure 325]. (See Service Codes List -
Gateway Controller on Page 228.)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
219 of 270
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
Service Codes List - Engine Controller
The engine controller is located in the back of the engine compartment.
E-CODE P-CODE DESCRIPTION RESULTS

E000027-00 P0402 EGR Air High Fault Engine torque reduction
E000027-01 P0401 EGR Air Low Fault
E000027-03 P0406 EGR Position Sensor High Fault
E000027-04 P0407 EGR Position Sensor Low Fault
E000027-10 P046D EGR Position Sensor Noise Fault
E000027-20 P0C17 EGR Close Position Learning Drift Fault
E000027-30 P0C18 EGR Close Position Learning Range Fault
E000081-07 P2463 Service DeSOx Needed Fault
E000094-11 P0088 Rail Pressure Build-up Fault - Check fuel line, wiring harness and Engine torque reduction;
IMV engine shutdown
E000097-03 P2267 Water In Fuel Sensor OC/SCB Fault Engine torque reduction
E000097-04 P2266 Water In Fuel Sensor SCG Fault
E000097-31 P2269 Water In Fuel Detected Fault
E000100-01 P0524 Oil Pressure Low Fault
E000100-03 P0523 Oil Pressure Sensor High Fault
E000100-04 P0522 Oil Pressure Sensor Low Fault
E000105-02 P0111 Intake Manifold Temperature Plausibility Fault
E000105-03 P0113 Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor High Fault Engine torque reduction
E000105-04 P0112 Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor Low Fault
E000105-10 P0114 Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor Noise Fault
E000106-03 P0108 Manifold Pressure Sensor High Fault
E000106-04 P0107 Manifold Pressure Sensor Low Fault
E000108-03 P2229 Atmospheric Sensor High Fault
E000108-04 P2228 Atmospheric Sensor Low Fault
E000110-02 P0116 Coolant Temperature Plausibility Fault
E000110-03 P0118 Coolant Temperature Sensor High Fault Engine torque reduction
E000110-04 P0117 Coolant Temperature Sensor Low Fault
E000110-31 P0115
E000132-00 P00BD MAF Plausibility High Fault Engine torque reduction
E000132-01 P00BC MAF Plausibility Low Fault
E000132-03 P0103 MAF sensor High Fault
E000132-04 P0102 MAF sensor Low Fault
E000157-02 P0190 Rail Pressure Sensor Gradient Fault Engine torque reduction;
E000157-03 P0193 Rail Pressure Sensor High Fault engine shutdown
E000157-04 P0192 Rail Pressure Sensor Low Fault
E000157-10 P0087 Rail Pressure Build-up Fault - Check fuel line, wiring harness and
IMV
E000157-11 P0191 Rail Pressure Sensor Drift Fault Engine torque reduction;
engine shutdown
E000157-21 P0002 Rail Pressure Control Fault (IMV only) Engine torque reduction
E000157-21 P0002 Rail Pressure Control Fault (IMV only) Engine torque reduction;
engine shutdown
E000157-22 P0089 Rail Pressure Build-up Fault - Check fuel line, wiring harness and Engine torque reduction
IMV
IMV engine shutdown
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
220 of 270
Service Codes List - Engine Controller (Cont’d)

E000168-03 P0563 Battery Voltage High Fault Engine torque reduction
E000168-04 P0562 Battery voltage Low Fault
E000172-02 P0074 Inlet Air Temperature Gradient Fault
E000172-03 P0073 Inlet Air Temperature Sensor High Fault
E000172-04 P0072 Inlet Air Temperature Sensor Low Fault
E000173-00 P2428 Exhaust Over Temperature Fault
E000173-01 P0421 DOC Exothermal Efficiency Fault
E000173-02 P242B SCR in temperature sensor plausibility fault Engine torque reduction
E000174-02 P0181 Fuel Temperature Gradient Fault
E000174-03 P0183 Fuel Temperature Sensor High Fault
E000174-04 P0182 Fuel Temperature Sensor Low Fault
E000174-09 P0180 Fuel Temperature Sensor ADC Fault
E000175-02 P0196 Oil Temperature Plausibility Fault
E000175-31 P0195 Oil temperature Sensor Fault Engine torque reduction
E000629-12 P060B Analog To Digital Convertor Fault
E000630-11 P0602 Injector Code Program Fault Engine torque reduction;
engine speed set to
1200 rpm
E000630-23 P0603 ECU Memory Fault (Data / Cal Integrity)
E000630-24 P0604 ECU Memory Fault (RAM Integrity)
E000630-25 P0605 ECU Memory Fault (Code Integrity)
E000630-31 P062F ECU Non-volatile Memory Fault Engine torque reduction
E000636-00 P0371 Crank Signal Early Fault
E000636-01 P0339 Crank Signal Gap Fault Engine torque reduction
E000636-02 P0372 Crank Signal Missing Fault
E000636-08 P0374 Crank Signal Lost Fault
E000636-11 P0335 Crank Signal Over-speed Fault
E000637-02 P0344 Cam Signal Missing Fault Engine torque reduction
E000637-08 P0342 Cam Signal Lost Fault
E000637-20 P0341 Cam Signal Drift Fault
E000637-30 P0340 Cam Signal Learning Fault
E000639-19 U0100 CAN Bus-off Confirmed Fault Engine shutdown
E000651-05 P0201 Injector Open Fault (Cylinder #1) Engine torque reduction
E000651-06 P02EE Injector Short Fault (Cylinder #1)
E000651-20 P0262 Harness Resistance High Fault (Cylinder #1)
E000651-21 P0261 Harness Resistance Low Fault (Cylinder #1)
E000651-31 P029B Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift ABS Fault (Cylinder #1)
E000651-31 P029A Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift High Fault (Cylinder #1)
E000651-31 P029B Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift Low Fault (Cylinder #1)
E000652-06 P02EF Injector Short Fault (Cylinder #2)
E000652-31 P029F Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift ABS Fault (Cylinder #2)
E000652-31 P029E Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift High Fault (Cylinder #2)
E000652-31 P029F Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift Low Fault (Cylinder #2)
E000653-06 P02F0 Injector Short Fault (Cylinder #3)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
221 of 270

E000653-31 P02A3 Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift ABS Fault (Cylinder #3)
E000653-31 P02A2 Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift High Fault (Cylinder #3)
E000653-31 P02A3 Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift Low Fault (Cylinder #3)
E000654-06 P02F1 Injector Short Fault (Cylinder #4)
E000654-31 P02A7 Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift ABS Fault (Cylinder #4)
E000654-31 P02A6 Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift High Fault (Cylinder #4)
E000654-31 P02A7 Injector Minimum Drive Pulse Drift Low Fault (Cylinder #4)
E000676-03 P0384 Air Heater Relay SCB Fault
E000676-04 P0383 Air Heater Relay SCG Fault
E000676-05 P0380 Air Heater Relay OC Fault
E000731-20 P0325 Accelerometer Sensor 0 Fault
E000731-21 P0330 Accelerometer Sensor 1 Fault
E00091-019 U0140 CAN Pedal Position Sensor Fault Engine speed set to
1200 rpm
E001076-00 P0007 Rail Pressure Control Fault (Trim High) Engine torque reduction;
E001076-01 P0006 Rail Pressure Control Fault (Trim Low) engine shutdown
E001076-03 P0004 IMV Current Feedback High Fault
E001076-04 P0003 IMV Current Feedback Low Fault Engine torque reduction
IMV
IMV engine shutdown
E001076-17 P0253 Rail Pressure Build-up Fault - Check fuel line, wiring harness and Engine torque reduction
IMV
IMV
E001076-20 P0252 Rail Pressure Control PWM Fault
E001180-02 P2080 Turbine In Temperature Plausibility Fault
E001180-03 P0546 Turbine In Temperature Sensor High Fault Engine torque reduction
E001180-04 P0545 Turbine In Temperature Sensor Low Fault
E001180-10 P2081 Turbine In Temperature Sensor Noise Fault
E001221-03 P1690 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal reference voltage in ECU
E001221-04 P1691 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal reference voltage in ECU
E001221-11 P061B Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal torque control by ECU special
E001221-11 P16D6 Engine Safety Monitoring: engine speed calculation fault by ECU
E001221-11 P160C Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal ECU status after resets in
Engine off mode
E001221-11 P16D8 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal pedal position calculated by
ECU
E001221-11 P1620 Engine Safety Monitoring: ECU reset triggered
E001221-11 P1624 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal ECU status after resets in
Nominal mode
E001221-11 P1606 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal engine operation mode
E001221-11 P1630 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal FIE status calculated by ECU
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
222 of 270

E001221-11 P1692 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal electrical test result by ECU
E001221-11 P16D2 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal ECU status after resets in
reduced torque mode
E001221-11 P1219 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal torque control by ECU
E001221-19 P1606 Engine Safety Monitoring: Communication failure in ECU
E001221-19 P1607 Engine Safety Monitoring: Communication failure in ECU
E001221-26 P1611 Engine Safety Monitoring: ECU is not able to lock injection
E001221-26 P1602 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal Memory in ECU
E001221-27 P162B Engine Safety Monitoring: ECU is not able to lock injection
E001221-28 P1625 Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal Program flow in ECU
E001221-29 P1663 Engine Safety Monitoring: ECU reset failed
E001221-31 P160B Engine Safety Monitoring: Abnormal reference voltage in ECU
E001485-07 P0685 Main Relay Stuck Fault
E001485-11 P068A Main Relay Drop Fault
E001612-03 P062D Injector Bank 1 SCB Fault
E001612-04 P062D Injector Bank 1 SCG Fault
E001612-11 P062D Injector Bank 1 SPI Fault Engine torque reduction
E001613-03 P062E Injector Bank 2 SCB Fault
E001613-04 P062E Injector Bank 2 SCG Fault
E001613-11 P062E Injector Bank 2 SPI Fault Engine torque reduction
E002791-03 P2145 EGR H-Bridge Driver SCB Fault
E002791-04 P2144 EGR H-Bridge Driver SCG Fault
E002791-05 P2143 EGR H-Bridge Driver OC Fault
E002791-07 P0400 EGR Air Plausibility fault
E002791-08 P0404 EGR Position Control Fault Engine torque reduction
E003509-11 P0641 5V Sensor Supply #1 Fault
E003510-11 P0651 5V Sensor Supply #2 Fault
E003511-11 P0697 5V Auxiliary Sensor Supply Fault
E004082-03 P025D IMV Drive SCB Fault Engine torque reduction;
engine shutdown
E004082-04 P025C IMV Drive SCG Fault Engine torque reduction
E004082-05 P025A IMV Drive OC Fault Engine torque reduction;
engine shutdown
E004082-06 P025B IMV Drive SC Fault
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
223 of 270

E005246-00 P2BC4 SCR Inducement Fault
E005246-19 P2BD0 CAN communication with DCU fault Engine torque reduction
E005246-21 P2BB1 SCR Inducement Fault
E005246-26 P2BB6 SCR Inducement Fault (Repeat offense)
E005324-03 P037F Air Heater Feedback SCB Fault
E005324-04 P037E Air Heater Feedback OC/SCG Fault
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
224 of 270
Service Codes List - Dosing Controller
The dosing controller is located near the DEF tank, behind the cooling fan.
U-CODE P-CODE DESCRIPTION RESULTS

U000158-22 P2530 Key Position Error
U000171-00 P1710 Environment Temperature Too High Interruption of dosing
U000171-01 P1711 Environment Temperature Too Low
U000171-03 P0073 Environment Temperature Sensor High
U000171-04 P0072 Environment Temperature Sensor Low
U000444-00 P1563 Battery Voltage High
U000444-01 P1562 Battery Voltage Low
U000444-02 P1561 Battery Voltage Error (SCR)
U000639-28 U0401 UDS CAN ID Error
U000639-29 U010E CAN A Bus-off
U000639-29 U010E CAN A Bus-off
U001761-15 P123C DEF Level is Warning DEF level
U001761-16 P123D DEF Level is Empty
U001761-19 P1230 DEF Level Signal Error
U001761-20 P123A DEF Fill Level High
U001761-21 P123B DEF Fill Level Low
U003031-00 P1223 DEF Temperature Too High
U003031-01 P1224 DEF Temperature Too Low
U003031-20 P1220 DEF Temperature Plausibility High
U003031-21 P1221 DEF Temperature Plausibility Low
U003031-23 P205E DEF Overheating
U003031-27 P1227 DEF Temperature Sensor Error
U003031-31 P1229 DEF Temperature Signal Error Tampering
U003216-04 P2202 Upstream Nox Sensor Short Circuit
U003216-05 P2203 Upstream Nox Sensor Open
U003216-19 U1216 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream Nox Concentration)
U003217-03 P23A3 Binary Lambda Max (Sensor 1)
U003217-04 P23A5 Binary Lambda Min (Sensor 1)
U003218-19 U1223 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream Power Signal) Tampering
U003219-19 U1219 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream Temperature)
U003221-03 P23A7 Linear lambda SRC Max (Sensor 1)
U003221-04 P23A9 Linear lambda SRC Min (Sensor 1)
U003223-02 P23A1 Sensor signal readiness of Sensor 1 Tampering
U003224-00 P2391 Nox offset max error (Sensor 1)
U003224-01 P2393 Nox offset min error (Sensor 1)
U003224-03 P2395 Nox sensor 1 SRC Max
U003224-04 P2397 Nox sensor 1 SRC Min
U003224-19 U1224 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream Nox Signal) Tampering
U003226-04 P2215 Downstream Nox Sensor Short Circuit
U003226-05 P2216 Downstream Nox Sensor Open
U003226-19 U1226 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream Nox Concentration)
U003227-03 P23A4 Binary Lambda Max (Sensor 2)
U003227-04 P23A6 Binary Lambda Min (Sensor 2)
U003227-19 U1227 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream Oxidation Factor) Tampering
U003228-19 U1233 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream Power Signal)
U003229-19 U1229 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream Temperature)
U003231-03 P23A8 Linear lambda SRC Max (Sensor 2)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
225 of 270
Service Codes List - Dosing Controller (Cont’d)

U003231-04 P23AA Linear lambda SRC Min (Sensor 2)
U003233-02 P23A2 Sensor signal readiness of Sensor 2 Tampering
U003234-00 P2392 Nox offset max error (Sensor 2)
U003234-01 P2394 Nox offset min error (Sensor 2)
U003234-03 P2396 Nox sensor 2 SRC Max
U003234-04 P2398 Nox sensor 2 SRC Min
U003234-19 U1225 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream Nox Signal) Tampering
U003235-19 U1235 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream O2 Signal)
U003361-03 P2047 Dosing Valve Short Circuit to Battery
U003361-03 P2047 Dosing Valve Short Circuit Error
U003361-04 P2048 Dosing Valve Short Circuit to Ground
U003361-05 P2049 Dosing Valve Short Circuit to Battery in High side
U003361-12 P202E Dosing Valve Over Temperature
U003361-27 P208E Dosing Valve Blocked Error
U003361-27 P208E Dosing Valve Blocked Error at Low voltage
U003363-03 P202C DEF Tank Heater SCB Interruption of dosing
U003363-04 P202B DEF Tank Heater SCG
U003363-05 P202A DEF Tank Heater Open Load
U003363-12 P209F DEF Tank Heater Overtemperature
U003492-12 P068A DCU Main Relay (Early opening)
U003492-31 P2510 DCU Main Relay (Stuck)
U003509-23 P0659 DCU Actuator Relay 0 SCB
U003509-24 P0658 DCU Actuator Relay 0 SCG
U003512-23 P26E9 DCU Actuator Relay 3 SCB
U003512-24 P26E8 DCU Actuator Relay 3 SCG
U003516-00 P1560 DEF Quality Too High Reagent quality
U003516-01 P1561 DEF Quality Too Low
U003516-03 P206D DEF Quality Sensor Open Tampering
U003516-04 P206C DEF Quality Sensor SCG
U003516-11 P1511 DEF Quality Sensor Fail
U003516-31 P1531 DEF Quality Signal Error Reagent quality
U003532-03 P203D DEF Level Sensor Open Tampering
U003532-04 P203C DEF Level Sensor SCG
U003532-11 P1231 DEF Level Sensor Fail
U004334-01 P20E8 DEF Pump Pressure Too Low
U004334-03 P1443 DEF Pump Pressure Max Tampering
U004334-04 P1444 DEF Pump Pressure Min
U004334-20 P23BB DEF Pump Pressure Too High
U004334-21 P23BA DEF Pump Pressure Too Low
U004334-22 P204E Defective Pressure Reduction
U004335-00 P1450 Overpressure in Metering Control Tampering
U004335-01 P1451 Underpressure in Metering Control
U004335-02 P1455 Monitoring of Pressure Build-up
U004335-12 P1452 Monitoring of Over Pressure
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
226 of 270

U004337-07 P1337 Dosing Valve Tip Temperature Error Engine torque reduction
U004337-12 P1332 Dosing Valve Tip Temperature Error at Cold condition
U004340-03 P18B0 DEF Line Heater SCB Interruption of dosing
U004342-05 P20BD DEF Heater Relay 3 Open Load to ground
U004342-05 P20BD DEF Heater Relay 3 Open Load or SCG Interruption of dosing
U004344-02 P1893 General Backflow Line Plausibility Error Tampering
U004344-05 P20C1 DEF Heater Relay 4 Open Load to ground Interruption of dosing
U004344-05 P20C1 DEF Heater Relay 4 Open Load or SCG
U004346-05 P20C5 DEF Heater Relay 5 Open Load to ground
U004346-05 P20C5 DEF Heater Relay 5 Open Load or SCG
U004353-03 P21C4 DEF Heater Relay SCB
U004353-04 P21C3 DEF Heater Relay SCG
U004353-05 P18B5 DEF Heater Relay Open Load
U004353-12 P18B2 DEF Heater Relay Over-temperature
U004355-02 P1882 Pressure Line Heater Plausibility Error
U004355-03 P20C0 Pressure Line Heater SCB
U004355-04 P20BF Pressure Line Heater SCG
U004355-05 P1885 Pressure Line Heater Open Load
U004355-12 P1884 Pressure Line Heater Over-temperature
U004355-14 P1880 Pressure Line Heater Error
U004356-02 P1892 Backflow Line Heater SCB
U004356-03 P20C4 Backflow Line Heater SCG
U004356-04 P20C3 Backflow Line Heater SCG
U004356-05 P1895 Backflow Line Heater Open Load
U004356-12 P1894 Backflow Line Heater Over-temperature
U004357-02 P18A2 Suction Line Heater Plausibility Error
U004357-03 P18A3 Suction Line Heater SCB
U004357-04 P20C7 Suction Line Heater SCG
U004357-05 P18A5 Suction Line Heater Open Load
U004357-12 P18A4 Suction Line Heater Over-temperature
U004360-00 P1360 SCR Upstream Temperature Too High
U004360-01 P1361 SCR Upstream Temperature Too Low
U004360-03 P0428 SCR Upstream Temperature Sensor Signal High Tampering
U004360-04 P0427 SCR Upstream Temperature Sensor Signal Low
U004360-20 P24F6 SCR Upstream Temperature Plausibility Max
U004360-21 P24F5 SCR Upstream Temperature Plausibility Min
U004360-22 P24F4 SCR Upstream Temperature Static Plausibility
U004360-25 P0426 SCR Upstream Temperature Sensor Tampering Tampering
U004363-03 P042D SCR Downstream Temperature Sensor Signal High
U004363-04 P042C SCR Downstream Temperature Sensor Signal Low
U004364-21 P20EE SCR Catalyst Efficiency Monitoring Engine torque reduction
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
227 of 270

U004365-03 P115D DEF Temperature Sensor Open Tampering
U004365-04 P115C DEF Temperature Sensor SCG
U004365-11 P115A DEF Temperature Sensor Fail
U004374-23 P2A8D DEF Pump Motor Speed Duty High
U004374-24 P2A8C DEF Pump Motor Speed Duty Low
U004374-30 P201F DEF Pump Motor Speed Deviation Error (permanent)
U004375-03 P208D DEF Pump Motor SCB
U004375-04 P208C DEF Pump Motor SCG
U004375-05 P208A DEF Pump Motor Open Load
U004375-12 P208B DEF Pump Motor Overtemperature
U004375-23 P2B8D DEF Pump Motor Internal Duty High
U004375-24 P2B8C DEF Pump Motor Internal Duty Low
U004376-03 P20FD DEF Backflow Pump SCB
U004376-04 P20FC DEF Backflow Pump SCG
U004376-05 P20FA DEF Backflow Pump Open
U004376-12 P20FB DEF Backflow Pump Overtemperature Tampering
U004765-00 P1350 DOC Upstream Temperature Too High
U004765-01 P1351 DOC Upstream Temperature Too Low
U004765-03 P1353 DOC Upstream Temperature Sensor Signal High Tampering
U004765-04 P1354 DOC Upstream Temperature Sensor Signal Low
U005024-19 U1024 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream heater ratio)
U005025-19 U1025 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream new part deviation Nox gain)
U005026-19 U1026 SAE J1939 Error (upstream new part deviation Nox offset)
U005027-19 U1027 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream correction of lambda pressure)
U005028-19 U1028 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream correction of Nox pressure)
U005029-19 U1029 SAE J1939 Error (Upstream correction of NO2)
U005030-19 U102A SAE J1939 Error (Upstream correction of NH3)
U005031-19 U102B SAE J1939 Error (Downstream heater ratio)
U005032-19 U102C SAE J1939 Error (Downstream new part deviation Nox gain)
U005033-19 U102D SAE J1939 Error (Downstream new part deviation Nox offset)
U005034-19 U102E SAE J1939 Error (Downstream correction of lambda pressure)
U005035-19 U102F SAE J1939 Error (Downstream correction of Nox pressure)
U005036-19 U1030 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream correction of NO2)
U005037-19 U1031 SAE J1939 Error (Downstream correction of NH3)
U005435-10 P1453 Pressure Stabilization Error
U005435-12 P204A General Pressure Check Error
U005435-29 U040F DEF Pump Motor Communication Fail
U005706-22 P23B2 Supply Module Heater Plausibility Error
U005706-23 P25E1 Supply Module Heater Duty High Tampering
U005706-24 P25E0 Supply Module Heater Duty Low
U005706-26 P23B3 Supply Module Heater Temperature Plausibility Error
U005706-27 P23B4 Supply Module Heater Temperature Plausibility Error at Cold
starting
U005707-03 P20BC Supply Module Heater SCB Interruption of dosing
U005707-05 P20B9 Supply Module Heater Open Load
U005707-12 P20BA Supply Module Heater Over-temperature
U005707-23 P25E3 Supply Module Temperature Duty High Tampering
U005707-24 P25E2 Supply Module Temperature Duty Low
U005707-26 P23B5 Supply Module Temperature Plausibility Error
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
228 of 270

U005707-27 P23B6 Supply Module Temperature Plausibility Error at Cold starting
U005713-02 P1A32 Self-Diagnosis in Nox Sensor 2
U005713-07 P1A37 Self-Diagnosis abort in Nox Sensor 2
U005713-19 P1A39 Nox Sensor 2 timeout to self-Diagnosis
U005714-02 P1A42 Self-Diagnosis in Nox Sensor 1
U005714-07 P1A47 Self-Diagnosis abort in Nox Sensor 1
U005714-19 P1A49 Nox Sensor 1 timeout to self-Diagnosis
U061444-19 U1444 Timeout of CAN Message from ECU
U061454-19 U111A Timeout of CAN Message from Upstream NOx sensor Tampering
U061455-19 U116D Timeout of CAN Message from Downstream NOx sensor
U064782-19 U116F Timeout of CAN Message from Downstream NOx sensor
U064783-19 U116E Timeout of CAN Message from Downstream NOx sensor
U064784-19 U111C Timeout of CAN Message from Upstream NOx sensor
U064785-19 U111B Timeout of CAN Message from Upstream NOx sensor
U064889-19 U121A Timeout of CAN Message from DEF Tank Module (Level, Temp)
U064923-19 U1923 Timeout of CAN Message from DEF Tank Module (Quality)
U065164-19 U1164 Timeout of AAI
U065226-21 U1661 Timeout of CAN Message from ECU Blocked EGR Valve
U101239-07 P23B0 Leakage Detection
U101240-07 P23B1 Evaluate Filter Clog
U104332-07 P2381 Heater Readiness Error (Sensor 1)
U104332-09 P2383 Mounting Error (Sensor 1) Tampering
U104332-19 P2385 Signal Validity Error (Sensor 1)
U104332-23 P2387 Dynamic High Error (Sensor 1)
U104332-24 P2388 Dynamic Low Error (Sensor 1)
U104385-07 P2382 Heater Readiness Error (Sensor 2)
U104385-09 P2384 Mounting Error (Sensor 2) Tampering
U104385-19 P2386 Signal Validity Error (Sensor 2)
U105644-13 P16C0 DCU Reset 0
U105645-13 P16C2 DCU Reset 1
U520202-12 P1630 DCU EEP Read Error
U520204-12 P1631 DCU EEP Write Error
U520698-12 P16C1 DCU Monitoring Error (query-/response-communication)
U520699-12 P16C3 DCU Monitoring Error (SPI communication)
U520700-12 P16C5 DCU Monitoring Error (ROM-test)
U520701-12 P160F Peripheral Monitoring Error
U521602-12 P1602 Sensor Supply Error
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
229 of 270
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller
The gateway controller is located in the cab, behind the right Instrument and Indicator Panel.
CODE DESCRIPTION RESULTS

M0309 Battery voltage low All functions allowed
M0310 Battery voltage high All functions allowed
M0311 Battery voltage Extremely high All functions allowed
M0314 Battery voltage Extremely low All functions allowed
M0322 Battery voltage out of range low All functions allowed
M0414 Engine oil pressure extremely low All functions allowed
M0610 Engine speed high All functions allowed
M0611 Engine Speed Extremely high All functions allowed
M0613 Engine Speed no Signal Drive disabled
M0615 Engine Speed Shutdown Engine shutdown
M0618 Engine Speed out of range All functions allowed
M0710 Hydraulic oil temperature high All functions allowed
M0711 Hydraulic oil temperature Extremely high Drive reduced
M0715 Hydraulic oil temperature Shutdown Drive reduced
M0810 Engine coolant temperature high Engine torque limited
M0811 Engine coolant temperature extremely high Engine torque limited
M0815 Engine coolant temperature shutdown Engine shutdown
M0826 Engine coolant temperature pre shutdown All functions allowed. Not displayed on display screen
M0909 Fuel level low All functions allowed
M0921 Fuel level out of range high All functions allowed
M0922 Fuel level out of range low All functions allowed
M1302 Fuel pump output error ON Not allowed to crank the engine until next key cycle
M1303 Fuel pump output error OFF Engine shutdown
M1602 Front Alignment Lamp output error ON All functions allowed
M1603 Front Alignment Lamp output error OFF All functions allowed
M1702 Rear Alignment Lamp output error ON All functions allowed
M1703 Rear Alignment Lamp output error OFF All functions allowed
M2202 Starter output error ON On ignition, starter is active but engine does not crank
M2203 Starter output error OFF Engine does not crank
M2207 Starter output error open circuit Engine does not crank
M2302 Starter relay error ON On ignition, starter is active but engine does not crank
M2303 Starter relay error OFF Engine does not crank
M2405 Crab valve output short to battery Drive reduced
M2406 Crab valve output short to ground All functions allowed excepted Crab function
M2407 Crab valve output open circuit All functions allowed excepted Crab function
M2505 4 Wheels valve short to battery Drive reduced
M2506 4 Wheels valve short to ground 4 Wheels steer mode not available
M2507 4 Wheels valve open circuit 4 Wheels steer mode not available
M2648 Steer Mode switch Multiple inputs active All functions allowed
M2702 Fan Inverter output error ON Fan inverter is active
M2703 Fan Inverter output error OFF Fan Inverter not available
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
230 of 270
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller (Cont’d)

M2707 Fan Inverter output open circuit Fan Inverter not available
M2805 Fan PWM output short to battery Fan Inverter not available
M2806 Fan PWM output short to ground Fan Inverter not available
M2807 Fan PWM Output open circuit Fan Inverter not available
M2832 Fan PWM output overcurrent Fan Inverter not available
M2910 Engine Exhaust Gas Temperature High Engine torque limited by ECU engine controller
M3128 Interrupted Power Failure Engine shutdown
M3204 Workgroup controller no communication Workgroup functions disabled
M3404 Display controller no communication No information displayed
M3504 DCU Controller no communication SCR system disabled. Engine torque limited by ECU
engine controller
M3604 Engine Controller no communication Engine speed error, drive disabled, engine shutdown if
engine controller in failure
M3704 Drive controller no communication Drive functions & Aux functions disabled
M3905 Cab Buzzer Short To Battery Cab Buzzer disabled
M4028 Wrong mapping of ECU controller detected: Engine torque limited
engine Horse Power mismatch
M4109 Alternator voltage low All functions allowed
M4110 Alternator voltage high All functions allowed
M4228 Wrong mapping of DCU controller detected: Horse Engine torque limited
Power mismatch
M4304 Keypad KSS no communication Engine cranking not allowed (if previously locked)
M4405 Brake Fail Electric Lamp Short To Battery Brake Fail Electric Lamp (orange) disabled
M4505 Brake Fail Electric Lamp Short To Battery Brake Fail Electric Lamp (red) disabled
M4721 Sensor Supply Out Of Range high Impact on Inching function
M4722 Sensor Supply Out Of Range low Impact on Inching function
M4805 Worklights output error on Worklights permanently lighted on
M4806 Worklights output error off Worklights not available
M4902 Blue lights Output Short To Battery or Open Circuit Blue Lights permanently lighted on
M4903 Blue lights Output Short To Ground Blue Lights not available
M5205 Electronic battery Disconnect output open circuit If open circuit: no power supply
or short to battery If STB: Electronic battery Disconnect always closed: all
functions allowed but it could stay closed when the key
switch is off.
M5206 Electronic battery Disconnect output short to No power supply on the machine
ground
M5207 Electronic battery Disconnect output open circuit No power supply on the machine
M5302 Electronic battery Disconnect stuck Machine always supplied although key switch off
M5303 Electronic battery Disconnect open error (unstuck) No power supply on the machine
M5810 Fuel Temperature High Engine Torque limited by ECU from Fuel temperature >
86°C (187°F)
M5811 Fuel Temperature Extremely High Engine Torque limited by ECU from Fuel temperature >
88°C (190°F)
M5815 Fuel Temperature in shutdown Engine shutdown from Fuel temperature > 90°C (194°F)
M6105 Safety valve short to battery Workgroup functions disabled
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
231 of 270
Service Codes List - Gateway Controller (Cont’d)

M6106 Safety valve short to ground Workgroup functions disabled
M6107 Safety valve open circuit Workgroup functions disabled
M6132 Safety valve overcurrent Workgroup functions disabled
M7748 Multiple key on active (service tool and keyswitch) Not allowed to crank the engine
M8021 Throttle pedal analog signal out of range high If error E000091-19 is also active: ECU controller will set
the engine speed to 1200 rpm
M8022 Throttle pedal analog signal out of range low If error E000091-19 is also active: ECU controller will set
M8028 Throttle pedal in error (redundancy error) If error E000091-19 is also active: ECU controller will set
M8128 Wrong DEF Sensor detected Engine torque reduced
M8228 Inhibit DESOX switch in failure Inhibit DESOX function not available
M8328 Force DESOX switch in failure Force DESOX function not available
M8450 DESOX requested but inhibited
M8928 ECO Mode Switch In Error ECO Mode is disabled
M9999 Bad constant data table Gateway function disabled
not able to crank the engine
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
232 of 270
Service Codes List - Drive Controller
The drive controller is located between the boom and the cab, next to the front frame fuse box.

D0217 Hydraulic filter plugged All functions allowed
D0321 Battery voltage Out Of Range high All functions disabled
D0322 Battery voltage Out Of Range low All functions disabled
D0421 Inching pedal Out Of Range high Drive reduced to 20% inching
D0422 Inching pedal Out Of Range low Drive reduced to 20% inching
D0428 Inching pedal In error Drive reduced to 30% inching
D0605 Vehicle Speed Short To Battery No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0606 Vehicle Speed Short To Ground No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0607 Vehicle Speed Open Circuit No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0611 Vehicle Speed Extremely High Drive disabled then Engine shutdown after 10 s
D0613 Vehicle Speed No Signal No Vehicle Speed available, gear shift allowed only at
NEUTRAL
D0721 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out Of Range High All functions allowed
D0722 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out Of Range Low All functions allowed
D0909 Park Brake Pressure Low Drive disabled (parking brake is detected applied)
D0910 Park Brake Pressure High All functions allowed
D0911 Park Brake Pressure Extremely High All functions allowed
D0921 Park Brake Pressure Out of Range High All functions allowed
D0922 Park Brake Pressure Out of Range Low All functions allowed
D1005 Passive Brake Output Short To Battery Drive reduced to 30% inching
D1006 Passive Brake Output Short To Ground Park Brake is applied
D1032 Passive Brake Output Overcurrent Park Brake is applied
D1128 Park Brake Dashboard Switch in error Activation / Deactivation of Park Brake with switch not
possible
D1145 Park Brake Dashboard Switch disagree Activation / Deactivation of Park Brake with switch not
possible
D1402 Brake light output error on All functions allowed
D1403 Brake light output error off All functions allowed
D1407 Brake light output open circuit All functions allowed
D1433 Brake light output Internal failure All functions allowed
D1502 Brake light relay error on All functions allowed
D1503 Brake light relay error off All functions allowed
D1605 Drive pump forward coil short to battery Drive disabled
D1606 Drive pump forward coil short to ground Forward disabled
D1607 Drive pump forward coil open circuit Forward disabled
D1632 Drive pump forward coil overcurrent Drive disabled
D1705 Drive pump reverse coil short to battery Drive disabled
D1706 Drive pump reverse coil short to ground Reverse disabled
D1707 Drive pump reverse coil open circuit Reverse disabled
D1732 Drive pump reverse coil overcurrent Drive disabled
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
233 of 270
Service Codes List - Drive Controller (Cont’d)

D2002 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) error on Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2003 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) error off Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2007 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) open circuit Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2033 Low speed output (hydraulic motor) controller Drive reduced to 30% inching
Internal failure
D2102 Low speed relay error on Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2103 Low speed relay error off Drive reduced to 30% inching
D2202 Defeat valve output (hydraulic motor) error on All functions allowed
D2203 Defeat valve output (hydraulic motor) error off All functions allowed
D2207 Defeat valve output (hydraulic motor) open circuit All functions allowed
D2233 Defeat valve output controller Internal failure All functions allowed
D2302 Defeat valve relay error on All functions allowed
D2303 Defeat valve relay error off All functions allowed
D2609 Hydraulic steering pressure low All functions allowed
D2621 Hydraulic steering pressure out of range high All functions allowed
D3204 Workgroup controller no communication Aux disabled
D3304 Gateway controller no communication All functions disabled
D3404 Display controller no communication All functions disabled
D3604 Engine controller no communication Drive disabled
D3723 Programming or constant data invalid Drive disabled
D3728 Controller failure Drive disabled
D3796 Interrupted power All functions allowed
D3797 Controller programmed All functions allowed
D4004 Joystick no communication Drive disabled / Boom movement disabled
D4011 Joystick right roller out of NEUTRAL (auxiliary) Aux disabled
D4028 Joystick Grip Fault Drive disabled / Boom movement disabled
D4113 FNR lever no Signal Drive disabled
D4128 FNR multiple inputs active Drive disabled
D4621 Voltage sensor 5V Out Of Range high All functions disabled
D4622 Voltage sensor 5V Out Of Range low All functions disabled
D5521 Swash plate Sensor1 Out Of Range high Drive reduced
D5522 Swash plate Sensor1 Out Of Range low Drive reduced
D5621 Swash plate Sensor2 Out Of Range high Drive reduced
D5622 Swash plate Sensor2 Out Of Range low Drive reduced
D5715 Swash plate shutdown Engine shutdown
D5744 Swash plate dual fault Drive reduced
D5745 Swash plate disagree Drive reduced
D5746 Swash plate unresponsive Drive disabled
D5786 Swash plate safe stop failure Electrical park brake is applied automatically to stop
the machine.
D5815 Safe Start Shutdown Engine shutdown
D5824 Safe start swash out of NEUTRAL Drive disabled
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
234 of 270
Service Codes List - Drive Controller (Cont’d)

D6202 Creep light error on All functions allowed
D6203 Creep light error off All functions allowed
D6302 Creep switch error on All functions allowed
D7002 High/low speed switch error on (left lever) All functions allowed
D7209 Service Brake Pressure Low Emergency Brake enabled
D7210 Service Brake Pressure High All functions allowed
D7214 Service Brake Pressure Extremely Low All functions allowed
D7221 Service Brake Pressure Out of Range High All functions allowed
D7222 Service Brake Pressure Out of Range Low All functions allowed
D7309 Service brake reserve pressure low All functions allowed
D7310 Service brake reserve pressure high All functions allowed
D7321 Service brake reserve pressure Out Of Range high All functions allowed
D7322 Service brake reserve pressure Out Of Range low All functions allowed
D7509 Service brake reserve pressure low All functions allowed
D7605 Aux female output short to battery Auxiliary disabled
D7606 Aux female output short to ground Auxiliary disabled
D7607 Aux female output open circuit Auxiliary disabled
D7632 Aux female output overcurrent Auxiliary disabled
D7705 Aux male output short to battery Auxiliary disabled
D7706 Aux male output short to ground Auxiliary disabled
D7707 Aux male output open circuit Auxiliary disabled
D7732 Aux male output overcurrent Auxiliary disabled
D7802 DEF Tank Elec fan relay error ON
D7803 DEF Tank Elec fan relay error OFF
D9199 Swash plate neutral range calibration required (drive All functions allowed
pump)
D9299 Swash plate maximal range calibration required All functions allowed
(drive pump)
D9999 Bad constant data Table Not applicable
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
235 of 270
Service Codes List - Workgroup Controller
The workgroup controller is located in the rear frame, left of the boom.

W0321 Battery Voltage Out Of Range high Workgroup disabled
W0322 Battery Voltage Out Of Range low Workgroup disabled
W0721 Hydraulic oil temperature Out Of Range high All functions allowed
W0722 Hydraulic oil temperature Out Of Range low All functions allowed
W2205 Lift up output short to battery Lift Up disabled
W2206 Lift up output short to ground Lift Up disabled
W2207 Lift up output open circuit Lift Up disabled
W2232 Lift up output overcurrent Lift Up disabled
W2305 Lift down output short to battery Lift Down disabled
W2306 Lift down output short to ground Lift Down disabled
W2307 Lift down output open circuit Lift Down disabled
W2332 Lift down output overcurrent Lift Down disabled
W2405 Tilt out output short to battery Tilt Out disabled
W2406 Tilt out output short to ground Tilt Out disabled
W2407 Tilt out output open circuit Tilt Out disabled
W2432 Tilt out output overcurrent Tilt Out disabled
W2505 Tilt back output short to battery Tilt Back disabled
W2506 Tilt back output short to ground Tilt Back disabled
W2507 Tilt back output open circuit Tilt Back disabled
W2532 Tilt back output overcurrent Tilt Back disabled
W2605 Extend output short to battery Extend disabled
W2606 Extend output short to ground Extend disabled
W2607 Extend output open circuit Extend disabled
W2632 Extend output overcurrent Extend disabled
W2705 Retract output short to battery Retract disabled
W2706 Retract output short to ground Retract disabled
W2707 Retract output open circuit Retract disabled
W2732 Retract output overcurrent Retract disabled
W3223 Programming or constant data invalid Workgroup disabled
W3228 Controller failure Workgroup disabled
W3296 Interrupted power All functions allowed
W3297 Controller programmed All functions allowed
W3304 Gateway controller no communication Workgroup disabled
W3404 Display controller no communication Workgroup disabled
W3604 Engine controller no communication All functions allowed
W3704 Drive controller no communication Auxiliary disabled
W3804 LLMC no communication Workgroup reduced
W3818 LLMC out of range Workgroup reduced
W3844 LLMC not matching Workgroup reduced
W3845 LLMC not matching level 2 Aggravating movements disabled
W3904 LLMI no communication Workgroup reduced
W3918 LLMI out of range Workgroup reduced
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
236 of 270
Service Codes List - Workgroup Controller (Cont’d)

W4004 Joystick no communication Workgroup disabled
W4005 Joystick X axis out of NEUTRAL (tilt) Tilt disabled
W4007 Joystick Y axis out of NEUTRAL (lift) Lift disabled
W4010 Joystick left roller out of NEUTRAL (extend retract) Extend and retract disabled
W4028 Joystick Grip Fault Extend and retract disabled
W4621 Vsensor 5V supply Out Of Range high Workgroup disabled
W4622 Vsensor 5V supply Out Of Range low Workgroup disabled
W6521 Boom angle 1 Out Of Range high All functions allowed
W6522 Boom angle 1 Out Of Range low All functions allowed
W6621 Boom angle 2 Out Of Range high All functions allowed
W6622 Boom angle 2 Out Of Range low All functions allowed
W6744 Boom angle in error All functions allowed
W6798 Boom angle calibration performed All functions allowed
W6799 Boom angle calibration required All functions allowed
W6802 Boom retract switch short to battery All functions allowed
W6803 Boom retract switch short to ground or open circuit All functions allowed
W6902 Boom retract switch 2 Short to Battery Cushion Retract Disabled
W6903 Boom retract switch 2 Short to Ground or Open Cushion Retract Disabled
Circuit
W6928 Boom retract switch 2 In Error Cushion Retract Disabled
W8005 Power quicktach output short to battery Power quicktach disabled
W8006 Power quicktach output short to ground Power quicktach disabled
W8007 Power quicktach output open circuit Power quicktach disabled
W8128 Power quicktach switch in error Quicktach disabled
W8702 Power quicktach boom output error on Quicktach disabled
W8703 Power quicktach boom output error off Quicktach disabled
W8707 Power quicktach boom output open circuit Quicktach disabled
W8802 Power quicktach boom relay feedback error on Quicktach disabled
W8803 Power quicktach boom relay feedback error off Quicktach disabled
W8902 Power lift output error on Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W8903 Power lift output error off Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W8907 Power lift output error open circuit Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W9002 Power lift relay error on Boom lifting and lowering reduced
W9003 Workgroup controller bad table Not applicable
W9999 Power quicktach output error off Power quicktach function not available
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
237 of 270
Service Codes List - Auxiliary Controller

H0321 Battery Voltage Out Of Range High Auxiliary disabled
H0322 Battery Voltage Out Of Range Low Auxiliary disabled
H2005 Rear Auxiliary / Hook UP Valve Short to Battery Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2006 Rear Auxiliary / Hook UP Valve Short to Ground Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2007 Rear Auxiliary / Hook UP Valve Open Circuit Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2105 Rear Auxiliary / Hook DOWN Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Battery
H2106 Rear Auxiliary / Hook DOWN Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Ground
H2107 Rear Auxiliary / Hook DOWN Valve Open Circuit Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H2205 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Battery
H2206 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Short to Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Ground
H2207 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Open Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Circuit
H2232 Rear Auxiliary / Hook ACTIVATION Valve Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
Overcurrent
H2328 Rear Auxiliary / Hook Dashboard Switch In Error Rear Auxiliary / Hook function disabled
H3204 Workgroup controller no communication Boom Float and Boom Suspension disabled
H3304 Gateway controller no communication All functions disabled
H3404 Display controller no communication All functions disabled
H3523 Programming or constant data invalid Workgroup disabled
H3528 Controller failure Workgroup disabled
H3596 Interrupted power All functions allowed
H3597 Controller programmed All functions allowed
H3604 Engine controller no communication All functions allowed
H3704 Drive controller no communication Auxiliary disabled
H4004 Joystick no communication Workgroup disabled
H4621 Voltage sensor 5V supply Out Of Range High Workgroup disabled
H4622 Voltage sensor 5V supply Out Of Range Low Workgroup disabled
H7002 Boom Drain Output Error ON Workgroup and Boom Suspension disabled
H7003 Boom Drain Output Error OFF Boom Suspension disabled
H7007 Boom Drain Output Error Open Circuit Boom Suspension disabled
H7033 Boom Drain Output Internal Failure Boom Suspension disabled
H7102 Boom Drain Relay Feedback Output Error ON Workgroup and Boom Suspension disabled
H7103 Boom Drain Relay Feedback Output Error OFF Boom Suspension disabled
H7205 Boom Suspension Output Short To Battery All boom movements and boom suspension disabled
H7206 Boom Suspension Output Short To Ground Boom Suspension disabled
H7207 Boom Suspension Output Open Circuit Boom Suspension disabled
H7232 Boom Suspension Output Overcurrent Boom Suspension disabled
H7233 Boom Suspension Output Internal Failure Boom Suspension disabled
H7428 Boom Suspension Error Boom Suspension disabled
H7528 Boom Suspension Switch ON Boom Suspension disabled
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
238 of 270
Service Codes List - Auxiliary Controller (Cont’d)

H7602 Boom Suspension Icon Error ON All functions allowed
H7603 Boom Suspension Icon Error OFF All functions allowed
H7705 Boom Float output Short To Battery Boom Float and Boom Suspension disabled
H7706 Boom Float output Short To Ground Boom Float disabled
H7707 Boom Float Open Circuit Boom Float disabled
H7732 Boom Float Overcurrent Boom Float disabled
H9999 Auxiliary controller Bad Table Not applicable
Service Codes List - Display Controller

L0102 Left panel button 1 error ON Work lights button doesn't work
Cannot access to steering mode calibration menu and
battery voltage
L0202 Left panel button 2 error ON Joystick lockout button doesn't work.
Cannot change the safety valve status.
Cannot access to angle calibration menu
L0302 Left panel button 3 error ON Auxiliary button doesn't work.
Cannot change the permanent flow status
Cannot access to drive pump menu
L0402 Left panel button 4 error ON Information button doesn't work
Cannot change the menu displayed
L7404 Main controller no communication No data displayed / no functions allowed from Display
L7672 Left hand panel programming error No data displayed / no functions allowed from Display
Service Codes List - LLMI Controller

I0314 LLMI undervoltage No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I0315 LLMI overvoltage No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3014 LLMI sensor offset No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3015 LLMI sensor out of range No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3016 LLMI sensor default No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3017 LLMI sensor ID error No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3018 LLMI sensor Rx out of delay No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3113 LLMI calibration values out of range No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3121 LLMI calibration values Inverted No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3122 LLMI calibration values too close No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3123 LLMI calibration time-out No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3901 LLMI EEPROM failure No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3903 LLMI external watchdog default No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3904 LLMI wrong RAM test No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3905 LLMI wrong program checksum No LLMI display - Workgroup functions reduced
I3909 LLMI test button error no test available
Calibrate the system
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
239 of 270
Service Codes List - LLMC Controller

C0314 LLMC undervoltage Workgroup functions reduced
C0315 LLMC overvoltage Workgroup functions reduced
C3014 LLMC sensor offset Workgroup functions reduced
C3015 LLMC sensor out of range Workgroup functions reduced
C3016 LLMC sensor default Workgroup functions reduced
C3017 LLMC sensor ID error Workgroup functions reduced
C3018 LLMC sensor Rx out of delay Workgroup functions reduced
C3113 LLMC calibration values out of range Workgroup functions reduced
C3121 LLMC calibration values Inverted Workgroup functions reduced
C3122 LLMC calibration values too close Workgroup functions reduced
C3123 LLMC calibration time-out Workgroup functions reduced
C3801 LLMC EEPROM failure Workgroup functions reduced
C3803 LLMC external watchdog default Workgroup functions reduced
C3804 LLMC wrong RAM test Workgroup functions reduced
C3805 LLMC wrong program checksum Workgroup functions reduced
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
240 of 270
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) Figure 327
Password Description
Master Password:
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the

factory that cannot be changed. This password is
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known or to change the owner
password.
Owner Password:
Allows for full use of the telescopic handler. Must be

used to change the owner password. 1 2 P126161
NOTE: By default, the owner password is the last 5

digits of the machine serial number. Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2)
[Figure 327] keys for three seconds.
User 1 And User 2 Passwords:
The display screen will show [CODE].
By default, User 1 and User 2 Passwords are not set. Enter the five digit owner or master password using the
number keys (0 through 9) if locked.
NOTE: The User 1 and User 2 passwords cannot be
used to change a password or switch from The display screen will show [OWNER] for two seconds.
Locked mode to Unlocked mode and vice Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 327] to navigate
versa. between [OWNER], [USER 1] and [USER 2].
Changing The Owner, User 1 And User 2 Password After two seconds, the display screen will show [ENTER].
NOTE: The lock key (Item 1) red light and the unlock
Figure 326 key (Item 2) [Figure 327] green light will flash
during the procedure.
Enter a new five digit owner, user 1 or user 2 password

2 4
using the number keys (0 through 9). An asterisk will
3 show in the display screen for each key press.
1
The display screen will show [AGAIN].
Enter the new five digit owner password again.
The display screen will show [STORE] if the password

has been changed.
The display screen will show [ERROR] if:

P133028 P133035 • The second five digit owner user 1 or user 2 password
is different from the first one.
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to the RUN (Item 2) OR
[Figure 328] position to turn on the telescopic handlers
electrical system. • No number key was pressed for more than 20
seconds.
OR OR
Turn the start switch (Item 3) to the RUN (Item 4) • “00000” was entered as owner user 1 or user 2
password.
electrical system. NOTE: “00000” is not an acceptable owner, user 1 or
user 2 password.
The system returns to its previous state. Either the lock

key (Item 1) red light or the unlock key (Item 2)
[Figure 327] green light will become solid.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
241 of 270
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) (CONT’D)
Password Lockout Feature
This feature allows the owner to unlock the password Figure 329
feature so that a password does not need to be used
every time the engine is started.
NOTE: The password lockout feature does not

function with a user password.
Figure 328
2 4
3
1 1
P126161
Press the unlock key (Item 1) [Figure 329].
The unlock key (Item 1) [Figure 329] green light will flash
and the display screen will show [CODE].
P133028 P133035
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (0 through 9). The unlock key (Item 1) [Figure 329]
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to the RUN (Item 2) green light will become solid.
electrical system. The telescopic handler can now be started without using
a password.
OR
NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the
Turn the start switch (Item 3) to the RUN (Item 4) machine lock so that the telescopic handler
[Figure 328] position to turn on the telescopic handlers requires a password to start the engine.
electrical system.
Turn the key switch (Item 1) to the RUN (Item 2)
The display screen will show [CODE]. [Figure 328] position to turn on the telescopic handlers
electrical system.
keys (0 through 9). OR
Turn the start switch (Item 3) to the RUN (Item 4)

electrical system.
Press the lock key (Item 2) [Figure 329].
The lock key (Item 2) [Figure 329] red light will flash and
the display screen will show [CODE].

keys (0 through 9). The lock key (Item 2) [Figure 329]
red light will become solid.
You must now enter the password every time to start the
telescopic handler.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
242 of 270
MAINTENANCE CLOCK
Description
The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next

service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The maintenance
clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance.
Figure 330
EM8038
During machine operation, a two beep alarm will sound

when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned
maintenance.
The remaining hours before maintenance is required

(Item 1) will appear in the data display for 10 seconds
while the service icon (Item 3) and the hourmeter icon
(Item 2) [Figure 330] flash.
NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after

counting down to zero.
The display will revert to the previous display and will

appear for 10 seconds every time the machine is started
until the maintenance clock is reset.
Setup
See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature.
Reset
See your Bobcat dealer to reset the maintenance clock.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
243 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
244 of 270
SPECIFICATIONS
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . 245

Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.70D(A)(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.70H(A)(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70D(A)(B) - 20” Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70D(A)(B) - 24” Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70H(A)(B) - 20” Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70H(A)(B) - 24” Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Visibility Diagrams For Light Material Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Tie Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Certain specification(s) are based on engineering calculations and are not actual measurements. Specification(s) are
provided for comparison purposes only and are subject to change without notice. Specification(s) for your individual
Bobcat equipment will vary based on normal variations in design, manufacturing, operating conditions, and other
factors.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
245 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
246 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions are given for machine equipped with standard tyres and can vary with other tyre types.
Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE, ASME or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.70D(A)(B)
A
B
C
D O
E F
I
J
G P
L M N
Q
S
R
(A) Overall length (with forks) 6240 mm (245.7 in)

(B) Overall length (with Quick-tach carriage) 5035 mm (198.2 in)
(C) Overall length (to carrier pin) 4670 mm (183.9 in)
(D) Overall length (to front tyres 20”) 4185 mm (164.8 in)
(E) Overall height (with rotating beacon) - 20” Tyres 2290 mm (90.2 in)
(F) Overall height (with roof wiper) - 20” Tyres 2156 mm (84.9 in)
(G) Carriage rotation angle 136°
(I) Height to back of the machine - 20” Tyres 1587 mm (62.5 in)
(J) Ground clearance - 20” Tyres 264 mm (10.4 in)
(L) Front axle to front of carriage 1400 mm (55.1 in)
(M) Wheelbase 2820 mm (111 in)
(N) Rear axle to machine rear 667 mm (26.3 in)
(O) Operator cab outside width 930 mm (36.6 in)
(P) Track width (front and rear) 1666 mm (65.6 in)
(Q) Width over standard tyres (front and rear) 2100 mm (82.7 in)
(R) External turning radius (with forks) - 20” Tyres 5130 mm (202.0 in)
(S) External turning radius (at tyres) - 20” Tyres 3717 mm (146.3 in)
(U) Internal turning radius - 20” Tyres 1329 mm (52.3 in)
Operator cab inside width 857 mm (33.7 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
247 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) TELESCOPIC HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)
Machine Dimensions For Models TL30.70H(A)(B)
A
B
C
D O
E F
I
J
G
P
L M N
Q
S
R
(A) Overall length (with forks) 6240 mm (245.7 in)

(B) Overall length (with Quick-tach carriage) 5035 mm (198.2 in)
(C) Overall length (to carrier pin) 4670 mm (183.9 in)
(D) Overall length (to front tyres 20”) 4185 mm (164.8 in)
(E) Overall height (with rotating beacon) - 20” Tyres 2440 mm (96.1 in)
(F) Overall height (with roof wiper) - 20” Tyres 2306 mm (90.8 in)
(G) Carriage rotation angle 136°
(I) Height to back of the machine - 20” Tyres 1587 mm (62.5 in)
(J) Ground clearance - 20” Tyres 264 mm (10.4 in)
(L) Front axle to front of carriage 1400 mm (55.1 in)
(M) Wheelbase 2820 mm (111 in)
(N) Rear axle to back of machine 667 mm (26.3 in)
(O) Operator cab outside width 930 mm (36.6 in)
(P) Track width (front and rear) 1666 mm (65.6 in)
(Q) Width over standard tyres (front and rear) 2100 mm (82.7 in)
(R) External turning radius (with forks) - 20” Tyres 5130 mm (202.0 in)
(S) External turning radius (at tyres) - 20” Tyres 3717 mm (146.3 in)
(U) Internal turning radius - 20” Tyres 1329 mm (52.3 in)
Operator cab inside width 857 mm (33.7 in)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
248 of 270
Performance
TL30.70(D)(H)A TL30.70(D)(H)B
Crowding force - Tilt 4600 daN (10341 lbf)
Crowding force - Lift 3000 daN (6744 lbf)
Drawbar pull (at 1km/h [0.6 mph]) 3000 daN (6744 lbf) - 20”/ 4900 daN (11016 lbf) - 20”/
2500 daN (5620 lbf) - 24” 4100 daN (9217 lbf) - 24”
Ground pressure 11 kg/cm² (156.5 PSI)
Rated load capacity* 3000 kg (6614 lb)
Capacity (at maximum height) 2000 kg (4409 lb)
Capacity (at maximum reach) on 20” tyres 1050 kg (2315 lb)
Tipping load (at maximum reach) on 20” tyres 1290 kg (2844 lb) 1330 kg (2932 lb)
Lifting height on 20” tyres 6675 mm (262.8 in)
Maximum reach on 20” tyres 4020 mm (158.3 in)
Maximum reach (at maximum height) on 20” tyres 750 mm (29.5 in)
Travel Speed on 20” tyres
- Low range 0- 7,5 km/h (0 - 4.7 mph) 0 - 8,5 km/h (0 - 5.3 mph)
- High range 0 - 29,5 km/h (0 - 18.3 mph) 0 - 35 km/h (0 - 21.7 mph)
* Static and dynamic tests have been carried out and passed according to EN1459-1 and ISO 22915.
Weights
TL30.70(D)(H)A TL30.70(D)(H)B
Weight (unladen) - 20” tyres 5640 kg (12434 lb) 5800 kg (12787 lb)
Front axle weight unladen - 20” tyres 2185 kg (4817 lb) 2485 kg (5478 lb)
Rear axle weight unladen - 20” tyres 3255 kg (7176 lb) 3315 kg (7308 lb)
Total weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 5950 kg (13117 lb) 6110 kg (13470 lb)
Front axle weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 2855 kg (6294 lb) 2955 kg (6515 lb)
Rear axle weight with pallet frame and forks - 20” tyres 3095 kg (6823 lb) 3155 kg (6956 lb)
Total weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 8950 kg (19731 lb) 9110 kg (20084 lb)
Front axle weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 7870 kg (17350 lb) 7970 kg (17571 lb)
Rear axle weight with pallet frame, forks and rated load - 20” tyres 1080 kg (2381 lb) 1140 kg (2513 lb)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
249 of 270
Engine
TL30.70(D)(H)A TL30.70(D)(H)B
Bobcat Engine / 3,4L Bobcat Engine Bobcat Engine / 3,4L Bobcat Engine
Make / Model
Stage 3B Stage 4
Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower (ISO 14396) 55,2 kW (74 hp) @ 2400 rpm 74,5 kW (100 hp) @ 2400 rpm
Torque 325 N•m (240 ft-lb) @ 1400 rpm 430 N•m (317 ft-lb) @ 1400 rpm
Low Idle rpm 900
High Idle rpm 2400
Number of Cylinders 4
Displacement 3,4 L (207.5 in3)
Bore / Stroke 98 mm / 113 mm (3.86 in / 4.45 in)
Fuel Consumption (average loading) 7,8 L/h (2 U.S. gal/h) 11 L/h (2.9 U.S. gal/h)
Urea Consumption (average loading) - 0,3 L/h (0.08 U.S. gal/h)
Lubrication Gear Pump Pressure System with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Closed Breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element
Ignition Diesel – Compression
Air Induction Turbo-Charged and Charged Air Cooled
Engine Coolant Ethylene Glycol Mix -37°C (-34.6°F)
Starting Aid Air intake heater automatically activated as needed in RUN position
Controls
Engine Foot accelerator pedal

Starting Key-type starter switch and shutdown
Front auxiliary Variable thumbwheel on joystick
Hydraulics lift and tilt Electronic joystick
Hydraulics telescope in and telescope out Variable thumbwheel on joystick
Service brake Pedal-activated wet multi-disc on front axle
Secondary brake Passive brake
Parking brake Passive brake
Steering Proportional hydraulic steering via a conventional steering
wheel
Speed range and reverse selection Switch for hydrostatic motor ratios, and switch on joystick
or lever for F-N-R
4WD / 2WD / parallel drive selection Three-position switch on the right-hand console
Auxiliary pressure release Bobcat coupler
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
250 of 270
Drive System
Transmission Hydrostatic with electronic regulation

Main drive Two speed hydrostatic motor
Transmission oil ELF SF3 / TOTAL DYNATRANS FR
Traction
Standard tyres CAMSO 405/70-20 16PR

(360 kPa [3,60 bar] [52 psi])
Optional tyres CAMSO 405/70-20 14PR
(360 kPa [3,60 bar] [52 psi])
Optional tyres DUNLOP 405/70R20 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
(450 kPa [4,5 bar] [65 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL BIBLOAD
(400 kPa [4,0 bar] [58 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/70R20 149A8/149B IND TL XMCL
(400 kPa [4,0 bar] [58 psi])
Optional tyres ALLIANCE 400/70R20 149A8 A 580
(380 kPa [3,8 bar] [55 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/80-24 162A8 IND TL POWER CL
(280 kPa [2,8 bar] [40 psi])
Optional tyres DUNLOP 405/70R24 168A2 152J MPT SPT9
(400 kPa [4,0 bar] [58 psi])
Optional tyres CAMSO 400/80-24 20PR
(280 kPa [2,8 bar] [40 psi])
Optional tyres MICHELIN 400/70R24 152A8/152B IND TL XMCL
(370 kPa [3,7 bar] [53 psi])
Optional tyres ALLIANCE 405/70R24 152A8 A 580
(300 kPa [3,0 bar] [43 psi])
Steering
Steering Pump Priority valve on hydraulic pump

Steering Mode 2WS / 4WS / CRAB
Brakes
Engine Braking Hydrostatic

Parking and Emergency brake Negative brake with hydraulic command
Service Brake Oil immersed multi-disks
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
251 of 270
Fluid Capacities
TL30.70(D)(H)A TL30.70(D)(H)B
Axle front / rear -
— Axle differential front 4,2 L (1.11 U.S gal)
— Axle differential rear 3,4 L (0.90 U.S gal)
— Wheel hub reduction (per wheel) 0,9 L (0.24 U.S. gal)
— Reduction box 0,7 L (0.18 U.S. gal)
Cooling system with heater 15,5 L (4.1 U.S. gal) 15 L (3.96 U.S. gal)
Engine oil with oil filter 12,6 L (3.33 U.S. gal)
Fuel tank 115 L (30.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic reservoir 47 L (12.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic system plus reservoir 90 L (23.3 U.S. gal)
DEF / AdBlue™ reservoir - 12,5 L (3.3 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic System
TL30.70(D)(H)A TL30.70(D)(H)B
Pump type Gear pump with LS valve
Pump capacity @ maximum rpm 80 L/min (21.1 U.S. gpm) 100 L/min (26.4 U.S. gpm)
Relief valve pressure setting 25 MPa (250 bar) (3626 psi)
Control valve type Open centre with flow sharing and flow compensators technology
Hydraulic filter specification Full flow filtration
Front auxiliary flow @ maximum rpm 80 L/min (21.1 U.S. gpm) 90 L/min (23.3 U.S. gpm)
Hydraulic fluid PETRONAS
Electrical System
Alternator 120 A
Battery 110 Ah
Starter 2,7 kW (3.6 hp)
Temperature Range
Operation and storage -15°C - +45°C (+5°F - +113°F)
Altitude
Maximum altitude 2000 m (6500 ft)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
252 of 270
Instrument Panel
The following functions are monitored by a combination of gauges and warning lights in the operator's line of sight.
The system alerts the operator of monitored malfunctions by way of audible and visual indicators.
Gauges
Rev counter
Total operating hours
Job hours
Boom angle
Fuel gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge
DEF gauge (TL30.70(D)(H)B)
Indicators
Front and rear wheel alignment status
Headlight full beam
Headlight low beam
Position lights
Left and right turn
Trailer turn
Parking brake
Longitudinal stability level
Windscreen wipers
Work lights
Flashing warning lights
Hazard warning lights
Hydraulic function lock
Rear fog lights
Heater fan
Warning lights
Hydraulic fluid over-temperature
Engine coolant over-temperature
Low oil pressure
Battery not charging
Longitudinal stability alarm
Green - less than 61% of load
Amber - 63 to 68% of load`
Red - over 71% of load
DEF Warning (TL30.70(D)(H)B)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
253 of 270
Environmental
DECLARED NOISE EMISSION VALUES
Value Uncertainty
Noise level per Directive 2000/14/EC - LwA (TL30.70(D)(H)A) 104 dB(A) N/A**
Noise level per Directive 2000/14/EC - LwA (TL30.70(D)(H)B) 106 dB(A) N/A**
Operator noise level per EN 12053 - LpA (TL30.70(D)(H)A) 76 dB(A) 4 dB(A)
Operator noise level per EN 12053 - LpA (TL30.70(D)(H)B) 79 dB(A) 4 dB(A)
DECLARED VIBRATION EMISSION VALUES
Value Uncertainty
Whole-body vibration per EN 13059 (20” tyres) 1,8 m/s² (5.9 ft/s²) 0,54 m/s² (1.77 ft/s²)
Hand-arm vibration N/A** N/A**
RMS maximum per Directive 1978/764 N/A** N/A**
FLUORINATED GREENHOUSE GAS (F-GAS) (if equipped with HVAC)
Value
F-gas Type HFC-134a
F-gas Mass 1,13 kg (2.5 lb)
CO Equivalent 1,62 t (1.79 tn)
Global Warming Potential (GWP) 1430
** N/A - Not applicable for telescopic handler.
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
254 of 270
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70D(A)(B) - 20” Wheels
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
255 of 270
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70D(A)(B) - 24” Wheels
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
256 of 270
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70H(A)(B) - 20” Wheels
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
257 of 270
Visibility Diagrams For Models TL30.70H(A)(B) - 24” Wheels
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
258 of 270
Visibility Diagrams For Light Material Buckets
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
259 of 270
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS
Lifting
X2 X1
A
CG location (X1) Front 1719 mm (67.7 in)

(X2) Rear 1453 mm (57.2 in)
Longitudinal Angle (q1) Front 31°
(q2) Rear 36°
Lateral Angle (d1) Front 8°
(d2) Rear 8°
Sling Length Front 3340 mm (131.5 in)
Rear 2500 mm (98.4 in)
Single Sling Force Front 37380 N (12196 lbf)
Rear 33060 N (10609 lbf)
(A) Lifting hook height minimum 3575 mm (140.7 in)
Operating mass 5920 kg (13051 lb)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
260 of 270
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)
Tie Down
Most compact angle Angle for < 4000 DaN

(8992 lbf) sling forces
Vertical Angle (a1) Front 22° 21°
(a2) Rear 44° 43°
Horizontal Angle (bx1) Front 69° 60°
(bx2) Rear 66° 64°
Sling Length Front 1900 mm (74.8 in) 2030 mm (79.9 in)
Rear 1400 mm (55.1 in) 1420 mm (55.9 in)
Single Sling Force Front 42780 N (9617.3 lbf) -
Rear 40300 N (9059.8 lbf) -
(A) Lateral distance attachment points 2450 mm (96.5 in)
(B) Longitudinal distance attachment points 4612 mm (181.5 in) - 4968 mm (195.6 in)
Operating mass 5920 kg (13051 lb)
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
261 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
262 of 270
WARRANTY
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
263 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
264 of 270
WARRANTY
WARRANTY
TELESCOPIC HANDLER
Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. (“Doosan”) warrants to its authorized dealers who in turn warrants to the customer
that each new Bobcat Telescopic Handler will be free from defects in material and workmanship for thirty-six (36)
months from the date of delivery to the customer or 3000 hours of machine usage, whichever occurs first. During
the warranty period, the authorized Doosan dealer shall repair or replace, at Doosan’s option, without charge for
parts, labour and travel of technicians, any part of the Doosan product which fails because of defects in material
or workmanship. The customer shall provide the authorized Doosan dealer with prompt written notice of the defect
and allow reasonable time for replacement or repair. Doosan may, at its option, request failed parts to be returned
to the factory or to any other designated location. Transportation of the Doosan product to the authorized Doosan
dealer for warranty work is not the responsibility of Doosan. Service schedules must adhere to prescribed
intervals and Bobcat genuine parts/lubricants must be used. The warranty does not apply to tyres, tracks or other
accessories not manufactured by Doosan. For coverage on engines, consult with your Bobcat Dealer. For these
non-covered items, the customer shall refer solely to the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof,
in accordance with the respective manufacturers warranty statement. Some Doosan parts are covered pro-rata
depending on the expected life-time of the part. Coverage for batteries, air-conditioning refill, couplers and
ignition system parts (glow plugs, fuel injection pumps, injectors) is reduced as failures generally originate from
factors not under Doosan’s control such as, but not limited to, prolonged storage, abuse or fuel quality. Reduced
coverage is, depending on the component, limited from 50 to 500 operating hours. The warranty does not cover: (i)
Oils and lubricants, coolant fluids, filter elements, brake linings, tune-up parts, bulbs, fuses, alternator fan belts,
drive belts, pins, bushings and other high-wear items. (ii) Damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations,
use of the product with any bucket or attachment not approved by Doosan, air flow obstructions, or failure to
maintain or use the Doosan product according to the instructions applicable to it. (iii) Ground engaging parts such
as bucket teeth and cutting edges. (iv) Fuel or hydraulic system cleaning, engine tune-up, brake inspection or
adjustment. (v) Adjustments or slight defects which generally do not affect the stability or reliability of the
machine.
DOOSAN EXCLUDES OTHER CONDITIONS, WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ALL KINDS, EXPRESSED

OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE (EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE) INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CORRECTIONS BY DOOSAN OF NONCONFORMITIES WHETHER PATENT OR LATENT,
IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED ABOVE, SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILLMENT OF ALL
LIABILITIES OF DOOSAN FOR SUCH NONCONFORMITIES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY,
TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF
SUCH PRODUCT. THE REMEDIES OF THE END-USER/OWNER SET FORTH UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
WARRANTY OUTLINED ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF DOOSAN INCLUDING ANY
HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY OR DISTRIBUTOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS
SALE OR THE PRODUCT AND SERVICE FURNISHED HEREUNDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE
OR BREACH THEREOF, OR FROM DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, REPAIR OR TECHNICAL DIRECTION COVERED BY
OR FURNISHED UNDER THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE,
INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT
UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED. DOOSAN INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR
AFFILIATED COMPANY AND DISTRIBUTOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO THE END-USER/OWNER, ANY
SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST OR ANY BENEFICIARY OR ASSIGNEE RELATING TO THIS SALE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS SALE OR
BY ANY BREACH THEREOF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, OR FAILURE OF, OR MALFUNCTION OF THE PRODUCT UNDER
THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED UPON LOSS OF USE, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, INTEREST, LOST GOODWILL,
WORK STOPPAGE, IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS, LOSS BY REASON OF SHUTDOWN OR NON-OPERATION,
INCREASED EXPENSES OF OPERATION OR CLAIMS OF USER OR CUSTOMERS OF THE USER FOR SERVICE
INTERRUPTION WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT,
NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.
4700004enGB (01-17) Printed in Belgium
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
265 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
266 of 270
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . .101
APPROVED BOOM STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
ATTACHMENT CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
ATTACHMENT CONTROL CONNECTOR . . . 87 OPERATOR CONTROLS IDENTIFICATION . .45
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . .1
AUTO REVERSE COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . 87 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
AUTOMATIC BOOM SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . 80 PASSWORD SETUP (KEYPAD PANEL) . . . . .239
AXLES (FRONT AND REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . .92
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED 12 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . .13
BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
BOOM SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR)
CHARTS FOR TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . 7 SMART HANDLING SYSTEM (SHS) . . . . . . . .88
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . 217 STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) / ADBLUE® STEERING MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . .60
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
DRIVING AND STEERING THE TELESCOPIC TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
TELESCOPIC HANDLER STORAGE AND
DUAL FNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
ECO MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B) TELESCOPIC
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 HANDLER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . .245
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 TOWING A TRAILER WITH THE TELESCOPIC
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
ENGINE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 TOWING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . .148
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 184 TRANSPORTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER
ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC) . . . . . . . . 175
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . 196
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
LIFTING AND TIE-DOWN SPECIFICATIONS 258
LIFTING THE TELESCOPIC HANDLER . . . 152
LLMC CALIBRATION TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
LUBRICATING THE TELESCOPIC
HANDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
267 of 270
TL30.70D(A)(B), TL30.70H(A)(B)
268 of 270
269 of 270
Bobcat®, the Bobcat logo and the colours of the Bobcat machine are registered trademarks of
Bobcat Company in the United States and various other countries.
270 of 270

TL3070 7319656 enGB Om

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TL3070 7319656 enGB Om

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EN

Operation & Maintenance Manual

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

NA5465 NA5444 NA5435

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA5438 NA5431 NA5437

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA5429 NA5426 NA5430

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Telescopic Handler Serial Number

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

Bobcat Company Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BOBCAT TELESCOPIC HANDLER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: Doosan Infracore

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: Doosan Infracore

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: Doosan Infracore

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Engine Manufacturer: Doosan Infracore

Declaration of conformity with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European

ENGINE OIL FILTER 7012303 BATTERY

FUEL FILTER 7023589 HYDRAULIC FILTER

AIR FILTER, Outer HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER

AIR FILTER, Inner OPERATOR CAB AIR FILTER

DEF / ADBLUE® FILTER, FUEL PRE-FILTER

NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

Lubricants, Fuel And Fluids

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEMS

Machine Dropping Part

Always use the serial number of the telescopic handler Figure 2

If any serial number plate is damaged, contact your

Telescopic Handler Serial Number

The engine serial number can be found on the engine

Other Serial Numbers

Other components can also have serial numbers and an

Explanation of telescopic handler serial number:

Module 1. - Model / Engine

1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module

2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies

The delivery report [Figure 3] contains a list of items that

The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

Standard Items Options And Accessories

Specifications subject to change without notice

Available Tyres Front And Roof Window Guard